1 #LyX 1.6.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that — a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1390 \begin_layout Enumerate
1395 \begin_layout Standard
1400 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1405 \begin_layout Section
1407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1409 name "sec:Navigating"
1417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1426 \begin_layout Standard
1427 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1430 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1436 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1439 \begin_layout Itemize
1442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1445 or the toolbar button
1446 \begin_inset Graphics
1447 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1457 (TOC) that is described in section
1458 \begin_inset space ~
1462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1464 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1469 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1470 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1471 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1472 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1473 to the document, see section
1474 \begin_inset space ~
1478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1480 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1489 option sorts the current list, and the
1493 option keeps it in the current view state.
1494 Keeping means that when you have e.
1495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1499 \begin_inset space \space{}
1502 the subsections of section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1506 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 3, the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1519 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1520 \begin_inset space ~
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1528 \begin_inset space \space{}
1532 \begin_inset Graphics
1533 filename ../images/down.png
1534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1539 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1544 \begin_inset space \space{}
1548 \begin_inset Graphics
1549 filename ../images/up.png
1550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1555 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1559 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1561 So you can for example move section
1562 \begin_inset space ~
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1572 \begin_inset Graphics
1573 filename ../images/promote.png
1574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1579 \begin_inset Graphics
1580 filename ../images/demote.png
1581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Section
1611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1621 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1670 \begin_layout Standard
1671 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1673 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1674 is used to propose completions.
1677 \begin_layout Standard
1678 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1679 there are completions available.
1680 You can then press the
1684 key to use this completion.
1685 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1686 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1687 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1694 \begin_layout Standard
1695 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1697 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1700 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1702 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1705 by deselecting the option
1712 Automatic inline completion
1714 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1715 To accept this proposal, use the
1724 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1725 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1733 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1740 \begin_layout Section
1745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1820 LyX's default is CUA.
1823 \begin_layout Standard
1827 \begin_inset space ~
1835 \begin_inset space ~
1856 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1860 \begin_layout Labeling
1861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1865 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1866 LatexCommand nomenclature
1868 description "Tabulator key"
1874 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1875 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1876 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1882 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1889 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1893 , especially section
1894 \begin_inset space ~
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1900 reference "sub:Lists"
1906 If you're still confused, look in the
1913 \begin_layout Labeling
1914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1918 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1919 LatexCommand nomenclature
1921 description "Escape key"
1928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1935 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1936 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1939 \begin_layout Labeling
1940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1946 \begin_inset space ~
1950 \begin_inset space ~
1957 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1958 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1962 \begin_layout Standard
1963 There are three modifier keys:
1966 \begin_layout Labeling
1967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1985 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1986 LatexCommand nomenclature
1988 description "Control key"
1992 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1993 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1997 \begin_layout Itemize
2006 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2009 \begin_layout Itemize
2018 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2021 \begin_layout Itemize
2030 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2034 \begin_layout Labeling
2035 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2053 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2054 LatexCommand nomenclature
2056 description "Shift key"
2060 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2061 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2064 \begin_layout Labeling
2065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2084 LatexCommand nomenclature
2086 description "Alt or Meta key"
2090 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2091 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2092 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2098 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2100 menu accelerator keys
2103 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2104 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2108 \begin_layout Standard
2109 For example, the sequence
2110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2116 \begin_inset space ~
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2126 \begin_inset space ~
2134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2174 There are also other things bound to the
2178 key, but you'll have to check in the
2190 \begin_layout Standard
2191 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2192 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2193 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2194 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2195 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2196 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2197 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2198 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2214 followed by a capital
2221 \begin_layout Standard
2222 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2224 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2229 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2232 as explained in sec.
2233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2239 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2244 \begin_inset Formula \[
2252 \begin_layout Chapter
2257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2266 \begin_layout Section
2271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2280 \begin_layout Subsection
2284 \begin_layout Standard
2285 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2286 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2287 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2288 numbering schemes, and so on.
2289 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2290 and format the title of your document differently.
2293 \begin_layout Standard
2298 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2299 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2300 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2301 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2302 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2307 how to adjust their properties.
2310 \begin_layout Subsection
2315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2324 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2331 \begin_layout Standard
2332 You can select a class using the
2334 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Article for basic articles
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 Report for basic reports
2369 \begin_layout Description
2370 Book for writing a book
2373 \begin_layout Description
2374 Letter for US-style letters
2377 \begin_layout Standard
2378 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2380 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2381 can be found in chapter
2383 Special Document Classes
2392 \begin_layout Description
2393 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2396 \begin_layout Description
2403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2412 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2416 \begin_layout Description
2417 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2418 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2419 There are three article layouts available.
2420 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2421 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2422 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2423 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2428 sequential numbering
2429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2432 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2433 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2434 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2435 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2438 \begin_layout Description
2439 Beamer Layout for presentations
2442 \begin_layout Description
2443 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2444 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2448 \begin_layout Description
2450 \begin_inset space ~
2453 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2456 \begin_layout Description
2457 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2460 \begin_layout Description
2463 Die TeXnische Komödie
2465 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2468 \begin_layout Description
2469 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 Foils Used to make transparencies
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2480 \begin_layout Description
2481 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2482 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2488 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2495 \begin_layout Description
2496 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2499 \begin_layout Description
2500 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2501 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2508 \begin_layout Description
2513 LaTeX document class
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2520 \begin_layout Description
2525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2532 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2533 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2535 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 Slides Used to make transparencies
2542 \begin_layout Description
2544 \begin_inset space ~
2547 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2548 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2551 \begin_layout Description
2552 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2555 \begin_layout Description
2560 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2563 \begin_layout Standard
2564 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2566 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2571 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2572 of the document classes.
2575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2596 \begin_layout Standard
2597 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2598 in the chosen document class.
2599 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2601 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2602 the corresponding module in the
2608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2626 \begin_layout Standard
2627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2635 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2636 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2644 \begin_layout Standard
2645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2653 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 Each class has a default set of options.
2667 Here's a quick table describing them:
2670 \begin_layout Standard
2671 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2677 \begin_layout Standard
2679 \begin_inset Tabular
2680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 \begin_layout Standard
3141 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3147 \begin_layout Standard
3148 You're probably also wondering what
3149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3153 \begin_inset space ~
3157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3161 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3162 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3167 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3172 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3182 headings, there are also
3190 headings, and so on.
3191 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3192 \begin_inset space ~
3196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3198 reference "sub:Headings"
3205 \begin_layout Subsection
3207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3209 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3238 \begin_layout Standard
3239 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3252 \begin_inset space ~
3257 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3259 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3260 to use for your document.
3261 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3265 \begin_layout Standard
3272 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3278 \begin_inset space ~
3283 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3284 You can choose between the following five options:
3287 \begin_layout Labeling
3288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3293 Use default page style of current class.
3296 \begin_layout Labeling
3297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3302 No page numbers or headings.
3305 \begin_layout Labeling
3306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3314 \begin_layout Labeling
3315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3320 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3321 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3322 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3325 \begin_layout Labeling
3326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3331 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3347 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3348 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3350 Check the documentation for the
3354 package for more details,
3355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3369 of paragraphs is described in section
3370 \begin_inset space ~
3374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3376 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3383 \begin_layout Subsection
3384 Paper Size and Orientation
3388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3389 Document ! Paper size
3395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3397 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3404 \begin_layout Standard
3405 You'll find the following options in the menu
3408 \begin_inset space ~
3413 of the dialog of the
3415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 \begin_layout Labeling
3434 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3438 \begin_inset space ~
3443 What size paper to print on.
3447 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3463 \begin_layout Itemize
3469 \begin_layout Itemize
3475 \begin_layout Itemize
3481 \begin_layout Itemize
3487 \begin_layout Itemize
3493 \begin_layout Labeling
3494 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3499 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3510 \begin_layout Labeling
3511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3515 \begin_inset space ~
3520 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3521 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3524 \begin_layout Subsection
3526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 \begin_layout Standard
3556 Paper margins are set in the menu
3558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3575 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3576 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3577 the paper format and the font size into account.
3580 \begin_layout Subsection
3584 \begin_layout Standard
3585 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3590 That includes the paragraph environments.
3591 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3592 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3593 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3594 paragraph environments to
3598 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3599 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3600 the conversion and why it failed.
3603 \begin_layout Section
3604 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3609 Paragraph ! Indentation
3617 \begin_layout Subsection
3619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3621 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3629 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3630 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3634 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3635 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3636 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3637 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3641 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3647 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3648 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3649 language than English.
3650 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3653 \begin_layout Standard
3654 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3655 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3657 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3658 LyX takes care of that.
3659 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3661 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3662 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3663 of a page, and so on.
3667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3668 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3673 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3674 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3678 of these pre-coded spacings.
3679 We'll explain more later.
3682 \begin_layout Subsection
3683 Paragraph Separation
3687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3688 Paragraph ! Separation
3696 \begin_layout Standard
3697 To separate paragraphs, select
3708 \begin_inset space ~
3715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3728 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3729 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3730 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3743 \begin_layout Standard
3744 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3745 \begin_inset space ~
3749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3751 reference "cap:Units"
3756 The default length is 30
3757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3763 \begin_layout Subsection
3767 \begin_layout Standard
3768 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3771 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 dialog and toggle the
3781 \begin_inset space ~
3786 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3787 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3788 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3792 \begin_layout Standard
3793 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3794 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3797 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3803 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3811 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3830 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3833 \begin_inset space ~
3842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3843 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3852 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3857 installed to use this feature.
3865 \begin_layout Section
3866 Paragraph Environments
3867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3869 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3878 Paragraph ! Environments
3887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3888 Paragraph environments|(
3896 \begin_layout Subsection
3900 \begin_layout Standard
3901 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3904 \begin_layout Standard
3923 \begin_inset Newline newline
3926 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3927 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3928 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3937 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3940 \begin_layout Standard
3941 A paragraph environment is simply a
3942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3949 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3950 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3951 scheme, labels, and so on.
3952 Additionally, you can
3953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3960 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3961 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3962 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3963 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3964 days of typewriters.
3965 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3967 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3970 \begin_layout Standard
3971 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3972 \begin_inset Graphics
3973 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3979 at the left end of the toolbar.
3980 LyX will change the environment of the
3984 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3985 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3986 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3990 \begin_layout Standard
3999 create a new paragraph using the
4003 paragraph environment.
4005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4012 because if you are in one of these environments:
4015 \begin_layout Itemize
4021 \begin_layout Itemize
4027 \begin_layout Itemize
4033 \begin_layout Itemize
4039 \begin_layout Itemize
4045 \begin_layout Itemize
4051 \begin_layout Itemize
4057 \begin_layout Standard
4058 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4062 , rather than resetting it to
4067 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4068 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4069 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4070 \begin_inset space ~
4074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4076 reference "sec:Nesting"
4081 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4086 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4087 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4091 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4097 \begin_layout Subsection
4101 \begin_layout Standard
4102 The default paragraph environment is
4107 It creates a plain paragraph.
4108 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4109 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4110 this manual) are in the
4117 \begin_layout Standard
4118 You can nest a paragraph using the
4122 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4130 \begin_layout Subsection
4135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4144 \begin_layout Standard
4145 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4154 for thanks or contact information.
4155 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4156 page along with today's date.
4157 For other types of documents, the title
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4165 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4169 \begin_layout Standard
4170 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4184 Here's how you use them:
4187 \begin_layout Itemize
4188 Put the title of your document in the
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 Put the author name in the
4203 \begin_layout Itemize
4204 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4205 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4211 Note that using this environment is optional.
4212 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4213 If you don't want any date, add the line
4214 \begin_inset Newline newline
4224 \begin_inset Newline newline
4227 to the preamble of your document (menu
4229 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 You can use footnotes to insert
4237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4244 or contact informations.
4247 \begin_layout Subsection
4252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4269 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4270 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4273 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4279 Section headings ! Numbered
4287 \begin_layout Standard
4288 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4292 \begin_layout Enumerate
4298 \begin_layout Enumerate
4304 \begin_layout Enumerate
4310 \begin_layout Enumerate
4316 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4328 \begin_layout Enumerate
4334 \begin_layout Standard
4335 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4336 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4337 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4342 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4343 You group the book into chapters.
4344 LyX does similar grouping:
4347 \begin_layout Itemize
4352 is divided in either
4363 \begin_layout Itemize
4375 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 \begin_layout Itemize
4411 \begin_layout Itemize
4423 \begin_layout Standard
4424 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4432 Not all document types use the
4436 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4441 is the top-level heading.
4449 \begin_layout Standard
4454 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4455 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4457 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4475 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4488 \begin_layout Enumerate
4494 \begin_layout Enumerate
4500 \begin_layout Enumerate
4506 \begin_layout Enumerate
4512 \begin_layout Enumerate
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4527 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4528 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4529 table of contents, see section
4530 \begin_inset space ~
4534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4544 Changing the Numbering
4545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4547 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4554 \begin_layout Standard
4555 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4556 in the Table of Contents.
4557 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4559 Certain classes start with
4573 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4583 This is something you can change.
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4609 \begin_inset space ~
4613 \begin_inset space ~
4618 you'll see two counters.
4623 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4625 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4630 Short Titles of Headings
4634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4635 Section headings ! Short titles
4644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4653 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4660 \begin_layout Standard
4661 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4662 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4663 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4664 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4667 \begin_layout Standard
4668 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4669 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4670 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4671 To specify a short title, use the menu
4673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4675 \begin_inset space ~
4681 This will insert a box labeled
4682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4697 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4698 This also works for captions inside floats.
4701 \begin_layout Standard
4702 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4705 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4710 The following information applies to all section headings:
4713 \begin_layout Itemize
4714 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4717 \begin_layout Itemize
4718 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4721 \begin_layout Itemize
4722 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4725 \begin_layout Itemize
4726 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4729 \begin_layout Subsection
4730 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4733 \begin_layout Standard
4734 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4748 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4749 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4750 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4751 the text they contain.
4752 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4760 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4763 \begin_layout Standard
4764 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4773 when you start a new paragraph.
4774 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4778 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4779 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4780 to change back to the
4784 environment yourself.
4787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4816 \begin_layout Standard
4817 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4818 time for the differences.
4827 are identical except for one difference:
4831 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4840 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4843 \begin_layout Standard
4844 Here's an example of the
4857 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4859 See – no indentation!
4863 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4864 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4865 the other paragraph.
4868 \begin_layout Standard
4869 Here's another example, this time in the
4876 \begin_layout Quotation
4882 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4883 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4884 the first line, then
4888 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4892 you were quoting other text.
4895 \begin_layout Quotation
4896 Here's a new paragraph.
4897 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4898 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4901 \begin_layout Standard
4902 As the examples show,
4906 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4907 They should put quotes in the
4912 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4916 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4956 \begin_layout Standard
4961 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4967 \begin_inset Newline newline
4970 Which I did not rehearse!
4974 It could be much worse.
4975 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4977 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4978 indented a bit more than the first.
4979 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4985 \begin_inset Newline newline
4988 And make things look fine
4989 \begin_inset Newline newline
4995 arg "newline-insert newline"
5001 \begin_layout Standard
5006 does not indent both margins.
5007 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5008 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5015 arg "newline-insert newline"
5021 \begin_layout Subsection
5026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5053 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5062 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5063 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5064 some general features of all four of them.
5067 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5071 \begin_layout Standard
5072 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5074 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5083 reset the environment to
5087 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5088 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5089 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5093 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5096 to break paragraphs.
5099 \begin_layout Standard
5100 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5101 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5103 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5104 you read all of section
5105 \begin_inset space ~
5109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5111 reference "sec:Nesting"
5119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5149 paragraph environment.
5150 It has the following properties:
5153 \begin_layout Itemize
5154 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5158 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5162 \begin_layout Itemize
5163 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5168 The items can have any length.
5169 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5170 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5177 \begin_layout Itemize
5182 environment inside another
5186 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5190 \begin_layout Itemize
5191 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5194 \begin_layout Itemize
5195 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5198 \begin_layout Itemize
5200 \begin_inset space ~
5204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5206 reference "sec:Nesting"
5210 for a full explanation of nesting.
5214 \begin_layout Standard
5215 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5224 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5227 \begin_layout Standard
5228 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5229 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5230 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5233 \begin_layout Itemize
5234 The label for the first level
5238 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 The label for the second level is a dash.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 Back out to the third level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 Back to the second level.
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 Back to the outermost level.
5271 \begin_layout Standard
5272 These are the default labels for an
5277 You can customize these labels in the
5279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5282 dialog in the submenu
5292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5303 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5311 reference "sec:Nesting"
5318 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5336 name "sec:Enumerate"
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5348 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5349 It has these properties:
5352 \begin_layout Enumerate
5353 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5357 \begin_layout Enumerate
5358 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5362 \begin_layout Enumerate
5363 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5366 \begin_layout Enumerate
5371 environment resets the counter to one.
5374 \begin_layout Enumerate
5387 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5389 Items can have any length.
5392 \begin_layout Enumerate
5393 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5396 \begin_layout Enumerate
5397 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5400 \begin_layout Enumerate
5401 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5405 \begin_layout Standard
5414 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5415 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5422 \begin_layout Enumerate
5423 The first level of an
5427 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5441 \begin_layout Enumerate
5442 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5445 \begin_layout Enumerate
5446 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Back to the third level
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 Back to the second level.
5461 \begin_layout Enumerate
5462 Back to the outermost level.
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5471 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5476 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5480 \begin_layout Standard
5481 There is more to nesting
5485 environments than we've stated here.
5486 You should read section
5487 \begin_inset space ~
5491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5493 reference "sec:Nesting"
5497 to learn more about nesting.
5500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5519 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5523 list has no fixed label.
5524 Instead, LyX uses the first
5525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5532 of the first line as the label.
5536 \begin_layout Description
5537 Example: This is an example of the
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5545 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5549 \begin_layout Standard
5551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5558 it is meant that the first hit of the
5562 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5564 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5572 arg "space-insert protected"
5577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5580 \begin_inset space ~
5586 \begin_inset space ~
5590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5592 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5596 for more info.) Here is an example:
5599 \begin_layout Description
5601 \begin_inset space ~
5604 Example: This one shows how to use a
5607 \begin_inset space ~
5619 \begin_layout Description
5620 Usage: You should use the
5624 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5625 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5627 It's not a good idea to use a
5631 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5632 You're better off using
5644 paragraphs into them.
5647 \begin_layout Description
5648 Nesting: You can nest
5652 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5657 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5658 them from the first line.
5661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5679 \begin_layout Standard
5684 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5687 \begin_layout Standard
5688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5696 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5701 environment is named
5713 \begin_layout Standard
5722 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5723 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5726 \begin_layout Labeling
5727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5729 \begin_inset space ~
5732 labels LyX uses the first
5733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5740 of each line as the item label.
5745 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5746 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5747 blank as described above.
5750 \begin_layout Labeling
5751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5752 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5753 the body of the item text.
5754 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5755 label width plus a little extra space.
5759 \begin_layout Labeling
5760 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5762 \begin_inset space ~
5765 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5767 If the label width is larger, the label
5768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5775 into the first line.
5776 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5777 margin of the rest of the item text.
5780 \begin_layout Labeling
5781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5783 \begin_inset space ~
5786 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5791 environment have the same left margin.
5792 \begin_inset Newline newline
5795 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5798 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5800 \begin_inset space ~
5809 \begin_inset space ~
5814 determines the default label width.
5815 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5824 multiple times instead.
5825 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5834 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5837 \begin_inset space ~
5842 every time you alter a label in a
5847 \begin_inset Newline newline
5850 The predefined default width is the length of
5851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5860 \begin_inset Newline newline
5864 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5872 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5873 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5881 \begin_layout Standard
5886 environment the same way like the
5890 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5896 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5900 \begin_layout Standard
5905 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5907 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5909 \begin_inset space ~
5913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5915 reference "sec:Nesting"
5919 to learn about nesting.
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5923 There is yet another feature of the
5927 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5929 You can use additional
5933 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5938 are documented in section
5939 \begin_inset space ~
5943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5945 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5950 Here are some examples:
5951 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5957 \begin_layout Labeling
5958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5959 Left The default for
5966 \begin_layout Labeling
5967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5968 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5975 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5978 \begin_layout Labeling
5979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5980 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5984 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5991 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5994 \begin_layout Subsection
5999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6016 \begin_inset space ~
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6033 \begin_inset space ~
6039 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6040 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6041 In contrast, you can use the
6048 \begin_inset space ~
6053 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6054 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6058 \begin_layout Standard
6059 Of course, you're not limited to using
6066 \begin_inset space ~
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6080 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6081 some European academic papers.
6084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6088 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6100 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6101 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6105 \begin_inset space ~
6110 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6111 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6112 Here's an example of each:
6115 \begin_layout Right Address
6117 \begin_inset Newline newline
6121 \begin_inset Newline newline
6125 \begin_inset Newline newline
6128 When is it? What is today?
6131 \begin_layout Standard
6135 \begin_inset space ~
6141 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6142 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6143 Here's an example of the
6150 \begin_layout Address
6152 \begin_inset Newline newline
6155 Where do I send this
6156 \begin_inset Newline newline
6159 Your post office and country
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6163 As you can see, both
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6175 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6180 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6186 This makes sense, since
6194 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6195 Thus, you have to use
6202 arg "newline-insert newline"
6208 \begin_inset space ~
6211 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6213 \begin_inset space ~
6222 menu) to start a new line in an
6229 \begin_inset space ~
6237 \begin_layout Subsection
6241 \begin_layout Standard
6242 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6243 or list of references.
6244 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6247 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6263 \begin_layout Standard
6268 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6269 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6270 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6271 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6275 in anything else or vice versa.
6281 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6282 The book document classes ignores the
6286 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6290 in a letter document class.
6293 \begin_layout Standard
6298 environment does several things for you.
6299 First, it puts the centered label
6300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6308 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6310 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6311 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6312 the subsequent text.
6313 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6314 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6317 \begin_layout Standard
6318 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6322 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6323 The new paragraph will still be in the
6328 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6329 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6332 \begin_layout Standard
6333 \begin_inset Float figure
6338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6340 \begin_inset Graphics
6341 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6350 \begin_inset Caption
6352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6355 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6376 \begin_layout Standard
6377 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6381 environment, but since this document is in the
6382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6389 class, we can't do this.
6390 We inserted it therefore as figure
6391 \begin_inset space ~
6395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6397 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6402 If you've never heard of an
6403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6410 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6431 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6438 \begin_layout Standard
6443 environment is used to list references.
6444 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6445 only use it at the end of the document.
6450 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6453 \begin_layout Standard
6454 When you first open a
6458 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6474 depending on the document class.
6475 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6476 Each paragraph of the
6480 environment is a bibliography entry.
6485 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6486 Each new paragraph is still in the
6493 \begin_layout Standard
6494 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6495 by using a BibTeX database.
6496 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6497 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6498 \begin_inset space ~
6502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6504 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6511 \begin_layout Subsection
6518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6519 Paragraph ! LyX code
6525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6534 \begin_layout Standard
6539 environment is another LyX extension.
6540 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6545 key as a fixed whitespace;
6549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6561 \begin_inset space ~
6566 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6571 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6572 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6575 arg "newline-insert newline"
6592 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6593 So, when you finish using the
6597 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6598 Also, you can nest the
6602 environment inside of others.
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6609 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 arg "newline-insert newline"
6616 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6621 \begin_inset space \space{}
6631 arg "newline-insert newline"
6637 \begin_layout Itemize
6641 arg "newline-insert newline"
6652 \begin_layout Itemize
6657 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6664 \begin_layout Itemize
6668 arg "space-insert protected"
6675 \begin_layout Itemize
6676 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6677 You must put at least one
6681 in any line you want blank.
6682 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6685 \begin_layout Itemize
6686 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6690 since that will insert
6695 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6698 arg "self-insert \""
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6708 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6712 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6716 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 printf("Hello World!
6730 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6734 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6738 \begin_layout Standard
6739 This is just the standard
6740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6751 \begin_layout Standard
6756 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6757 rc-files, and so on.
6758 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6759 as if you used a typewriter.
6763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6764 Paragraph environments|)
6772 \begin_layout Section
6773 Nesting Environments
6777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6778 Nesting ! Environments
6784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6793 \begin_layout Subsection
6797 \begin_layout Standard
6798 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6800 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6802 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6804 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6816 \begin_layout Enumerate
6820 \begin_layout Enumerate
6825 \begin_layout Enumerate
6829 \begin_layout Enumerate
6834 \begin_layout Enumerate
6838 \begin_layout Standard
6839 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6840 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6843 \begin_inset space ~
6847 \begin_inset space ~
6855 \begin_inset space ~
6859 \begin_inset space ~
6868 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6869 will tell you how far you are nested).
6870 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6871 \begin_inset Graphics
6872 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6877 \begin_inset Graphics
6878 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6882 or the convenient key bindings
6893 arg "depth-increment"
6899 arg "depth-decrement"
6902 to change the nesting level.
6903 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6904 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6909 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6910 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6911 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6912 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6916 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6917 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6919 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6922 \begin_layout Subsection
6923 What You Can and Can't Nest
6926 \begin_layout Standard
6927 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6928 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6933 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6934 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6937 \begin_layout Itemize
6938 Completely unnestable
6941 \begin_layout Itemize
6942 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6943 other things inside of them.
6946 \begin_layout Itemize
6947 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6951 \begin_layout Standard
6952 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6953 environments have them:
6956 \begin_layout Description
6957 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6958 Can't nest into them.
6962 \begin_layout Itemize
6968 \begin_layout Itemize
6974 \begin_layout Itemize
6980 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 \begin_layout Itemize
6993 \begin_layout Description
6995 \begin_inset space ~
6998 Nestable You can nest them.
6999 You can nest other things into them.
7003 \begin_layout Itemize
7009 \begin_layout Itemize
7015 \begin_layout Itemize
7021 \begin_layout Itemize
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7033 \begin_layout Itemize
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 \begin_layout Itemize
7052 \begin_layout Description
7053 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
7054 You can't nest anything into them.
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7064 \begin_layout Itemize
7070 \begin_layout Itemize
7076 \begin_layout Itemize
7082 \begin_layout Itemize
7088 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 \begin_inset space ~
7146 \begin_layout Itemize
7153 \begin_layout Standard
7154 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7162 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7171 \begin_inset space ~
7175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7179 \begin_inset space \space{}
7182 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7183 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7184 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7192 \begin_layout Subsection
7193 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7198 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7206 \begin_layout Standard
7207 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7208 affected by nesting anyhow.
7212 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Itemize
7224 \begin_layout Standard
7226 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7234 Figures and tables in
7238 are not affected by this.
7243 Have a look at section
7244 \begin_inset space ~
7248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7250 reference "sec:Floats"
7254 for more informations about
7261 \begin_layout Standard
7262 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7263 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7267 \begin_layout Standard
7268 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7276 of its own, it behaves just like a
7277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7284 paragraph environment.
7285 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7289 \begin_layout Standard
7290 Here's an example with a table:
7293 \begin_layout Enumerate
7298 \begin_layout Enumerate
7299 This is (a) and it's nested.
7303 \begin_layout Standard
7304 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7310 \begin_layout Standard
7312 \begin_inset Tabular
7313 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7400 \begin_layout Standard
7401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7408 \begin_layout Enumerate
7410 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7414 \begin_layout Enumerate
7418 \begin_layout Standard
7419 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7422 \begin_layout Enumerate
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 This is (a) and it's nested.
7432 \begin_layout Standard
7433 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7439 \begin_layout Standard
7441 \begin_inset Tabular
7442 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7529 \begin_layout Standard
7530 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7543 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7546 \begin_layout Enumerate
7550 \begin_layout Standard
7551 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7555 \begin_layout Standard
7556 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7558 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7561 \begin_layout Enumerate
7566 \begin_layout Enumerate
7567 This is (a) and it's nested.
7570 \begin_layout Standard
7571 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7577 \begin_layout Standard
7579 \begin_inset Tabular
7580 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7668 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7674 \begin_layout Enumerate
7676 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7684 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 \begin_layout Standard
7689 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7695 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7696 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7700 \begin_layout Subsection
7701 Usage and General Features
7704 \begin_layout Standard
7705 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7714 is the innermost possible depth.
7715 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7718 \begin_layout Enumerate
7719 level #1 - outermost
7723 \begin_layout Enumerate
7728 \begin_layout Enumerate
7733 \begin_layout Enumerate
7738 \begin_layout Itemize
7743 \begin_layout Itemize
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7753 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7754 both of them in the example.
7755 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7765 For example, if we tried to nest another
7770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7780 \begin_layout Subsection
7785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7794 \begin_layout Standard
7795 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7796 We have several examples of nested environments.
7797 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7802 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7805 \begin_layout Labeling
7806 \labelwidthstring MMM
7807 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7816 \begin_layout Labeling
7817 \labelwidthstring MMM
7818 #2-a This is level #2.
7819 We created it by using
7822 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7828 arg "depth-increment"
7835 \begin_layout Labeling
7836 \labelwidthstring MMM
7837 #3-a This is level #3.
7838 This time, we just hit
7845 arg "depth-increment"
7849 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7853 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7859 arg "depth-increment"
7866 \begin_layout Standard
7871 environment, nested inside of
7872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7880 So, it's at level #4.
7881 We did this by hitting
7884 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7890 arg "depth-increment"
7893 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7898 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7919 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7922 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7928 \begin_layout Labeling
7929 \labelwidthstring MMM
7930 #4-a This is level #4.
7934 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7937 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7942 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7946 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7951 keep nesting things inside of
7952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7963 \begin_layout Labeling
7964 \labelwidthstring MMM
7965 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7970 \begin_layout Labeling
7971 \labelwidthstring MMM
7972 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7973 and this is level #6.
7974 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7978 \begin_layout Labeling
7979 \labelwidthstring MMM
7980 #5-b Back to level #5.
7984 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7990 arg "depth-decrement"
7997 \begin_layout Labeling
7998 \labelwidthstring MMM
8002 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8008 arg "depth-decrement"
8011 , we're back at level #4.
8015 \begin_layout Labeling
8016 \labelwidthstring MMM
8017 #3-b Back to level #3.
8018 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8022 \begin_layout Labeling
8023 \labelwidthstring MMM
8024 #2-b Back to level #2.
8029 \begin_layout Labeling
8030 \labelwidthstring MMM
8031 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8032 After this sentence, we'll hit
8036 and change the paragraph environment back to
8043 \begin_layout Standard
8044 We could have also used the
8060 environment in place of the
8065 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8069 Example 2: Inheritance
8072 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8073 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8076 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8085 arg "depth-increment"
8088 , after which, we'll change to the
8096 \begin_layout Enumerate
8101 environment, at level #2.
8104 \begin_layout Enumerate
8105 Notice how the nested
8109 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8113 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 We ended this example by hitting
8123 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8127 and resetting the nesting depth by using
8130 arg "depth-decrement"
8136 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8137 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8150 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8158 \begin_layout Enumerate
8159 This is level #1, in an
8163 paragraph environment.
8164 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8168 \begin_layout Enumerate
8173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 arg "depth-increment"
8183 Now, what happens if we nest an
8187 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8188 label be? An asterisk?
8192 \begin_layout Itemize
8202 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8203 So, its label is a bullet.
8204 (We got here by using
8207 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8213 arg "depth-increment"
8216 , then changing the environment to
8224 \begin_layout Itemize
8225 Here's level #4, produced using
8228 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8234 arg "depth-increment"
8238 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8243 \begin_layout Enumerate
8244 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8246 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8251 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8255 , because we are in the
8264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8283 \begin_layout Enumerate
8288 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8289 type of numbering does LyX use?
8292 \begin_layout Enumerate
8293 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8296 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8299 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8302 \begin_layout Enumerate
8306 arg "depth-decrement"
8309 to decrease the depth after the next
8312 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8321 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8325 \begin_layout Enumerate
8327 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8328 numeral as the label.Why?
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8332 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8341 Notice, however, that LyX
8345 reset the counter for the label.
8349 \begin_layout Enumerate
8353 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8359 arg "depth-decrement"
8362 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8363 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8364 into the twofold-nested
8372 \begin_layout Enumerate
8373 The same thing happens if we do another
8376 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8382 arg "depth-decrement"
8385 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8388 \begin_layout Standard
8389 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8394 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8408 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8414 The same rule applies for the
8418 environment, as well.
8421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8422 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8425 \begin_layout Enumerate
8426 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8427 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8428 same detail with how we did it.
8437 \begin_layout Standard
8445 arg "depth-increment"
8452 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8453 example in parentheses someplace.
8454 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8455 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8456 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8460 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8470 Now we'll add verse.
8471 \begin_inset Newline newline
8474 It will get much worse.
8475 \begin_inset Newline newline
8485 arg "depth-increment"
8496 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8497 \begin_inset Newline newline
8500 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8501 \begin_inset Newline newline
8507 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8520 \begin_layout Standard
8521 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8529 \begin_inset Tabular
8530 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8622 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8632 arg "depth-increment"
8638 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8648 arg "depth-decrement"
8655 \begin_layout Enumerate
8660 : level #1) This is another item.
8661 Note that selecting a
8665 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8666 3 times to put the table inside the
8674 \begin_layout Quotation
8675 We're now ending the
8679 list and changing to
8684 We're still at level #1.
8685 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8686 The next set of paragraphs is a
8687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8701 \begin_inset space ~
8706 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8710 for the letter body.
8714 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8717 to preserve the depth.
8718 Remember that you need to use
8721 arg "newline-insert newline"
8724 to create multiple lines inside the
8731 \begin_inset space ~
8741 \begin_layout Right Address
8743 \begin_inset Newline newline
8746 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8747 \begin_inset Newline newline
8753 \begin_layout Address
8755 \begin_inset space ~
8761 \begin_layout Quotation
8762 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8766 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8767 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8768 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8769 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8770 as soon as possible.
8771 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8774 \begin_layout Quotation
8775 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8776 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8777 with your order, along with payment.
8780 \begin_layout Quotation
8781 We thank you again for your patience.
8784 \begin_layout Address
8786 \begin_inset Newline newline
8793 \begin_layout Quotation
8794 That ends that example!
8797 \begin_layout Standard
8798 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8799 just a few keystrokes.
8800 We could have easily nested an
8821 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8824 \begin_layout Section
8825 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8838 \begin_layout Standard
8839 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8840 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8841 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8842 be broken at the end of a line.
8843 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8847 \begin_layout Subsection
8849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8851 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8868 \begin_layout Standard
8869 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8871 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8875 Further documentation is given in section
8876 \begin_inset Newline newline
8880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8882 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8890 \begin_layout Standard
8891 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8906 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8915 A protected space is set with
8917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8918 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8922 \begin_inset space ~
8932 arg "space-insert protected"
8938 \begin_layout Subsection
8940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8942 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8951 Spacing ! Horizontal
8959 \begin_layout Standard
8960 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8963 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8967 The length units are listed in Appendix
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8974 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8981 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8985 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9002 \begin_layout Standard
9004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 \begin_inset space \space{}
9011 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9012 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9013 \begin_inset space ~
9017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9019 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9024 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9025 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9028 arg "space-insert normal"
9034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9038 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9055 \begin_layout Standard
9057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9064 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9073 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9074 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9075 inside abbreviations:
9080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9084 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9087 \begin_layout Standard
9088 or between values and units.
9089 Compare for example this:
9090 \begin_inset Newline newline
9094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9098 \begin_inset Newline newline
9104 \begin_layout Standard
9105 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9108 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9110 \begin_inset space ~
9118 arg "space-insert thin"
9124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9128 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9135 \begin_layout Standard
9136 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9139 \begin_layout Description
9141 \begin_inset space ~
9145 \begin_inset space ~
9149 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9153 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9157 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9160 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9163 \begin_layout Description
9165 \begin_inset space ~
9169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9173 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9177 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9181 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9188 em) space between the arrows.
9191 \begin_layout Description
9193 \begin_inset space ~
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9205 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9209 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9220 em) space between the arrows.
9223 \begin_layout Description
9225 \begin_inset space ~
9229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9233 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9237 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9241 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9245 \begin_inset space ~
9249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9252 em) space between the arrows.
9255 \begin_layout Description
9257 \begin_inset space ~
9261 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9265 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9270 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9277 cm space between the arrows.
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9282 \begin_inset space ~
9286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9288 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9292 lists the different space sizes.
9295 \begin_layout Standard
9296 \begin_inset Float table
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9303 \begin_inset Caption
9305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9308 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9312 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9322 \begin_inset Tabular
9323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9561 \begin_layout Standard
9562 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9563 in a uniform fashion.
9564 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9565 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9566 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9567 equally between themselves.
9571 \begin_layout Standard
9572 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9577 This is on the left side
9578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9581 This is on the right
9587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9600 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9614 \begin_layout Standard
9615 That was an example in the
9621 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9629 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9632 is one in a standard paragraph.
9633 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9637 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9640 \begin_layout Standard
9641 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9644 \begin_inset space ~
9649 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9652 \begin_layout Standard
9654 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9658 \begin_inset space ~
9664 \begin_layout Standard
9666 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9670 \begin_inset space ~
9676 \begin_layout Standard
9678 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9682 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9690 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9694 \begin_inset space ~
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9706 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9714 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9718 \begin_inset space ~
9724 \begin_layout Standard
9725 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9733 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9737 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9738 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9739 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9743 option in the space dialog.
9751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9765 \begin_layout Standard
9766 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9772 \begin_inset space \space{}
9775 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9778 \begin_layout Standard
9779 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9782 What is correct English?:
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_inset space ~
9794 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9795 \begin_inset Newline newline
9802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9813 \begin_inset Newline newline
9820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9831 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9838 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9843 \begin_inset space ~
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9855 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9873 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9877 for more information about TeX-Code.
9883 In our case write the command
9890 (note the space after
9891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9898 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9899 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9900 That is why it is named
9901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9913 There exists also the commands
9925 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9926 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9927 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9929 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9941 \begin_layout Subsection
9943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9945 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9962 \begin_layout Standard
9963 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9968 \begin_inset space ~
9974 There you find the following sizes:
9977 \begin_layout Standard
9990 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9995 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 Document ! Settings
10010 for the paragraph separation.
10011 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10022 \begin_layout Standard
10031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10037 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10038 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10040 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10041 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10050 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 s are described in section
10060 \begin_inset space ~
10064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10066 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10075 If there are several
10079 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10080 You can therefore use
10084 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10092 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10093 \begin_inset space ~
10097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10099 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10106 \begin_layout Standard
10107 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10117 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10118 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10130 \begin_layout Subsection
10131 Paragraph Alignment
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10137 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10141 There are four possibilities:
10144 \begin_layout Itemize
10150 \begin_layout Itemize
10156 \begin_layout Itemize
10162 \begin_layout Itemize
10168 \begin_layout Standard
10169 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10170 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10171 the left and right margins.
10172 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10175 \begin_layout Standard
10177 This paragraph is right aligned,
10180 \begin_layout Standard
10182 this one is centered,
10185 \begin_layout Standard
10187 this one is left aligned.
10190 \begin_layout Subsection
10195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10196 Page breaks ! Forced
10202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10204 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10211 \begin_layout Standard
10212 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10213 can force a page break where you want one.
10214 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10215 Only if you use many
10219 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10222 \begin_layout Standard
10223 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10224 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10228 have to change the page breaking.
10231 \begin_layout Standard
10232 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10234 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10237 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10239 \begin_inset space ~
10245 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10248 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10250 \begin_inset space ~
10255 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10257 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10258 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10261 \begin_layout Standard
10262 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10263 at the top of a page.
10264 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10265 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10266 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10267 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10271 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10275 to learn more about
10282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10286 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10295 Page breaks ! Clear
10303 \begin_layout Standard
10304 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10305 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10306 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10307 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10308 if necessary by adding pages.
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10312 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10314 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10315 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10317 \begin_inset space ~
10323 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10326 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10328 \begin_inset space ~
10332 \begin_inset space ~
10337 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10338 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10341 \begin_layout Subsection
10346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10355 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10362 \begin_layout Standard
10363 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10365 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10368 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10370 \begin_inset space ~
10374 \begin_inset space ~
10382 arg "newline-insert newline"
10386 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10389 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10391 \begin_inset space ~
10395 \begin_inset space ~
10400 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10402 This is necessary to avoid
10403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10410 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10413 \begin_layout Standard
10414 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10415 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10416 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10417 set a line break, e.
10418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10422 \begin_inset space \space{}
10425 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10426 \begin_inset space ~
10430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10432 reference "sec:Quote"
10437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10439 reference "sec:Verse"
10444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10446 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10453 \begin_layout Subsection
10455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10457 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10474 \begin_layout Standard
10479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10480 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10482 \begin_inset space ~
10487 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10493 \begin_layout Section
10494 Characters and Symbols
10497 \begin_layout Standard
10498 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10499 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10504 \begin_inset space \space{}
10507 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10515 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10519 for informations how this is done.
10522 \begin_layout Standard
10523 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10528 dialog via the menu
10530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10531 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10537 \begin_layout Standard
10538 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10546 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10547 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10548 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10556 \begin_layout Section
10557 Fonts and Text Styles
10558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10560 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10567 \begin_layout Subsection
10572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10581 \begin_layout Standard
10582 There are two types of fonts:
10585 \begin_layout Description
10587 \begin_inset space ~
10594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10600 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10605 characters) in the font.
10606 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10607 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10608 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10609 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10610 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10611 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10612 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10613 provide a good image.
10614 \begin_inset Newline newline
10617 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10618 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10619 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10620 sizes than at small ones.
10621 \begin_inset Newline newline
10635 \begin_inset space ~
10643 \begin_layout Description
10645 \begin_inset space ~
10652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10658 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10659 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10660 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10661 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10662 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10663 picture manipulation program.
10664 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10665 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10666 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10667 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10668 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10670 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10671 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10672 \begin_inset Newline newline
10675 Bitmap fonts are named
10678 \begin_inset space ~
10683 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10686 \begin_layout Standard
10687 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10688 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10689 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10690 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10691 use scalable fonts.
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10695 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10696 its document properties.
10699 \begin_layout Standard
10700 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10701 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10702 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10703 font to emphasize text, you use an
10704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10712 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10713 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10717 \begin_layout Subsection
10718 Document Font and Font size
10719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10721 name "sub:Document-Font"
10729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10748 \begin_layout Standard
10749 You can set the document fonts in the
10751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10759 Document ! Settings
10765 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10766 font shapes roman (serif),
10769 \begin_inset space ~
10781 \begin_layout Standard
10782 The possible options for the font include
10786 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10791 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10813 European Computer Modern
10816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10826 \begin_layout Standard
10835 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10836 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10841 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10844 \begin_inset space ~
10849 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10855 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10856 There are three ways to use one:
10859 \begin_layout Itemize
10860 One way is to use the
10870 Virtual means that it
10871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10882 -glyphs from other fonts.
10883 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10905 Loading the LaTeX-package
10913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10914 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10919 with the document preamble line
10920 \begin_inset Newline newline
10927 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10928 \begin_inset Newline newline
10933 will fix the guillemet problem.
10938 and that accented characters are not
10942 glyph, they are build of
10946 characters, the accent and the letter.
10947 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10951 fonts for words with accented characters.
10952 If you search for example for the French word
10953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10960 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10969 and not for the glyph
10970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10974 \begin_inset space ~
10978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10984 \begin_layout Itemize
10985 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10998 , consist of these three main font types
11001 \begin_inset space ~
11030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11034 \begin_inset space ~
11041 as typewriter font.
11042 \begin_inset Newline newline
11045 The differences between roman,
11048 \begin_inset space ~
11057 fonts are explained in section
11058 \begin_inset space ~
11062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11064 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11069 \begin_inset Newline newline
11076 was originally designed for newspapers.
11077 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
11078 into the small newspaper columns.
11083 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11086 \begin_layout Itemize
11087 The best solution is to use the
11096 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
11100 as the default font.
11101 In most cases they look the same as
11109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11110 One difference is improved kerning for the
11123 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11134 \begin_layout Standard
11135 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11138 For the font size there are four possible values:
11155 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11158 \begin_layout Standard
11159 The font sizes are the
11164 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11165 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11166 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11175 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11176 \begin_inset space ~
11180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11182 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11189 \begin_layout Standard
11194 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11195 a font to display the script characters.
11199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11200 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11205 So this has no effect for the document language
11221 \begin_layout Standard
11222 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11226 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11234 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11238 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11239 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11240 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11242 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11245 dialog, see section
11246 \begin_inset space ~
11250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11252 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11264 \begin_layout Subsection
11265 Using Different Character Styles
11269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11290 certain paragraph environments.
11291 LyX supports two character styles,
11300 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11304 \begin_layout Standard
11309 style, do one of the following:
11312 \begin_layout Itemize
11313 click on the toolbar button
11314 \begin_inset Graphics
11315 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11322 \begin_layout Itemize
11323 use the key binding
11332 \begin_layout Standard
11333 These commands are all toggles.
11338 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11341 \begin_layout Standard
11342 One typically uses the
11346 style for proper names.
11348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11355 is the original author of LyX.
11356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11362 \begin_layout Standard
11363 A more widely used character style is the
11368 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11375 \begin_layout Itemize
11376 clicking on the toolbar button
11377 \begin_inset Graphics
11378 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11385 \begin_layout Itemize
11386 using the keybindings
11395 \begin_layout Standard
11400 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11401 es use a different font.
11404 \begin_layout Standard
11405 We've been using the
11409 style all over the place in this document.
11410 Here's one more example:
11413 \begin_layout Quotation
11416 Don't overuse character styles!
11419 \begin_layout Standard
11420 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11421 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11422 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11423 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11427 \begin_layout Standard
11428 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11436 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11438 \begin_inset space ~
11446 \begin_layout Subsection
11447 Fine-Tuning with the
11452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11454 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11471 \begin_layout Standard
11472 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11473 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11474 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11475 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11476 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11477 from ordinary dialog.
11480 \begin_layout Standard
11481 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11482 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11483 \begin_inset Newline newline
11486 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11487 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 To use custom character styles, open the
11493 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11495 \begin_inset space ~
11501 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11502 font property which you can choose.
11503 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11506 \begin_inset space ~
11511 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11516 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11517 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11518 environments in a snap.
11521 \begin_layout Standard
11522 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11525 \begin_inset space ~
11537 \begin_layout Labeling
11538 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11552 The possible options are:
11556 \begin_layout Labeling
11557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11562 This is the Roman font family.
11563 Normally a serif font.
11564 It's also the default family.
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11579 \begin_inset space ~
11586 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11598 \begin_layout Labeling
11599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11606 This is the Typewriter font family.
11612 arg "font-typewriter"
11621 \begin_layout Labeling
11622 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11627 This corresponds to the print weight.
11632 \begin_layout Labeling
11633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11638 This is the Medium font series.
11639 It's also the default series.
11642 \begin_layout Labeling
11643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11650 This is the Bold font series.
11663 \begin_layout Labeling
11664 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11669 As the name implies.
11674 \begin_layout Labeling
11675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11680 This is the Upright font shape.
11681 It's also the default shape.
11684 \begin_layout Labeling
11685 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11699 s the Italic font shape
11705 \begin_layout Labeling
11706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11713 This is the Slanted font shape
11715 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11718 \begin_layout Labeling
11719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11723 \begin_inset space ~
11730 This is the Small caps font shape
11737 \begin_layout Labeling
11738 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11743 Alters the size of the font.
11744 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11745 nal to the document font size.
11746 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11747 what you want to do.
11752 \begin_layout Labeling
11753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11774 arg "font-size tiny"
11780 \begin_layout Labeling
11781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11802 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11808 \begin_layout Labeling
11809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11830 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11836 \begin_layout Labeling
11837 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11858 arg "font-size small"
11864 \begin_layout Labeling
11865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11879 It's also the default size.
11883 arg "font-size normal"
11889 \begin_layout Labeling
11890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11911 arg "font-size large"
11917 \begin_layout Labeling
11918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11939 arg "font-size larger"
11945 \begin_layout Labeling
11946 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11967 arg "font-size largest"
11973 \begin_layout Labeling
11974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11995 arg "font-size huge"
12001 \begin_layout Labeling
12002 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12023 arg "font-size giant"
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12035 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12036 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12037 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12038 - use that instead.
12039 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12042 \begin_layout Labeling
12043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12048 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12053 \begin_layout Labeling
12054 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12061 This is text with emphasize on
12064 This might seem like the same as
12068 , but it is actually a bit different.
12074 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12076 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12079 \begin_layout Labeling
12080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12087 This is text with Underbar on.
12093 arg "font-underline"
12099 \begin_inset Newline newline
12104 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12105 when you couldn't change fonts.
12106 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12107 It's only included in LyX because some people
12111 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12114 \begin_layout Labeling
12115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12122 This is text with Noun on.
12129 , this is a logical attribute.
12130 Normally it's equivalent to
12133 \begin_inset space ~
12142 \begin_layout Labeling
12143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12148 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12149 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12153 \begin_inset space ~
12158 , which is the default
12159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12166 and means normally black, you can choose between
12202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12211 \begin_layout Labeling
12212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12217 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12218 the language of the document.
12219 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12223 \begin_layout Standard
12224 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12225 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12227 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12229 \begin_inset space ~
12234 dialog, the settings are saved.
12235 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12236 \begin_inset Graphics
12237 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12242 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12243 when the dialog isn't visible.
12247 \begin_layout Standard
12248 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12255 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12256 (suppose you just set the shape to
12257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12275 \begin_inset space ~
12287 \begin_layout Standard
12288 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12296 \begin_inset space ~
12308 \begin_layout Itemize
12314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12321 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12339 \begin_inset Newline newline
12346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12371 \begin_inset Note Note
12374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12375 For more on phantoms see section
12376 \begin_inset space ~
12380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12382 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12392 \begin_inset Newline newline
12398 \begin_layout Itemize
12403 fonts use characters with serifs.
12404 These are the small
12405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12412 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12413 The following example will show the difference:
12414 \begin_inset Newline newline
12418 \begin_inset Newline newline
12423 text without serifs
12426 \begin_inset Newline newline
12429 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12430 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12437 \begin_layout Itemize
12443 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12444 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12447 \begin_layout Standard
12448 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12449 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12452 \begin_layout Section
12453 Printing and Previewing
12456 \begin_layout Subsection
12460 \begin_layout Standard
12461 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12462 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12463 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12464 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12465 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12468 \begin_inset space ~
12476 \begin_layout Standard
12477 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12478 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12479 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12480 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12481 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12482 This happens in two stages:
12485 \begin_layout Enumerate
12486 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12487 generating a file with the extension,
12488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12502 \begin_layout Enumerate
12503 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12507 file to produce printable output.
12511 \begin_layout Subsection
12512 Output file formats
12516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12525 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12538 File formats ! ASCII
12546 \begin_layout Standard
12547 This file type has the extension
12548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12560 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12564 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12571 \begin_layout Standard
12572 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12574 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12575 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12581 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12587 File formats ! LaTeX
12595 \begin_layout Standard
12596 This file type has the extension
12597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12608 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12610 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12611 it manually with console commands.
12612 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12613 you view or export your document.
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12619 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12620 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12637 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12651 \begin_layout Standard
12652 This file type has the extension
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12673 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12674 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12675 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12677 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12681 \begin_layout Standard
12682 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12690 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12691 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12696 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12697 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12698 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12699 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12702 \begin_layout Standard
12703 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12706 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12718 File formats ! PostScript
12726 \begin_layout Standard
12727 This file type has the extension
12728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12740 PostScript was developed by the company
12744 as printer language.
12745 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12747 PostScript can be seen as
12748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12751 programming language
12752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12755 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12760 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12770 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12780 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12783 \begin_layout Standard
12784 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12788 Encapsulated PostScript
12789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12792 (EPS, file extension
12793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12805 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12806 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12807 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12808 whenever you view or export your document.
12809 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12810 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12811 EPS to avoid this problem.
12814 \begin_layout Standard
12815 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12817 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12818 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12848 \begin_layout Standard
12849 This file type has the extension
12850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12866 Portable Document Format
12867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12870 (PDF) is developed by
12874 as derivative from PostScript.
12875 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12884 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12885 looks exactly the same.
12888 \begin_layout Standard
12889 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12893 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12897 (JPG, file extension
12898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12925 Portable Network Graphics
12926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12929 (PNG, file extension
12930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12942 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12943 in the background to one of these formats.
12944 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12945 will slow down your workflow.
12946 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12949 \begin_layout Standard
12950 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12952 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12955 in three different ways:
12958 \begin_layout Description
12959 PDF This uses the program
12963 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12964 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12968 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12969 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12972 \begin_layout Description
12974 \begin_inset space ~
12977 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12981 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12985 \begin_layout Description
12987 \begin_inset space ~
12990 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12994 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12997 \begin_layout Standard
12998 We recommend to use
13001 \begin_inset space ~
13010 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13016 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13019 \begin_layout Subsection
13024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13033 \begin_layout Standard
13034 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13035 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13039 and choose a file type.
13040 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13043 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13046 you can use the toolbar button
13047 \begin_inset Graphics
13048 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13055 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13060 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13062 \begin_inset space ~
13068 \begin_inset Graphics
13069 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13075 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13079 \begin_inset Graphics
13080 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13087 arg "buffer-view ps"
13093 \begin_layout Standard
13094 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13095 viewer window using the menu
13097 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13103 \begin_layout Standard
13104 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13106 To have a real output, export your document.
13109 \begin_layout Subsection
13110 Printing the File from within LyX
13111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13113 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13120 \begin_layout Standard
13121 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13122 it directly from within LyX.
13123 To print a file, select the menu
13125 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13128 or click on the toolbar button
13129 \begin_inset Graphics
13130 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13135 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13136 This file is then processed by the program
13140 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13145 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13148 \begin_layout Standard
13149 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13150 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13151 printing one set to print on the other side.
13152 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13153 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13154 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13157 \begin_layout Standard
13158 You can set the parameters in the
13161 \begin_inset space ~
13169 \begin_layout Labeling
13170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13175 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13180 Note that this printer name is for the program
13189 has to be configured for this printer name.
13190 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13191 \begin_inset space ~
13195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13197 reference "sub:Printer"
13206 The printer should understand PostScript.
13209 \begin_layout Labeling
13210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13215 The name of a file to print to.
13216 The output will be a PostScript file.
13217 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13221 \begin_layout Section
13222 A few Words about Typography
13226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13235 \begin_layout Subsection
13240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13249 \begin_layout Standard
13251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13262 character comes in four lengths: the
13274 , and the minus sign:
13275 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13281 \begin_layout Standard
13282 \begin_inset Tabular
13283 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
13285 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13286 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13287 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13288 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13329 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13354 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13356 \begin_inset space ~
13359 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13366 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13391 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13393 \begin_inset space ~
13396 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13417 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13452 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13471 character multiple times in a row.
13472 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13473 the final output, but not in LyX.
13475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13479 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13505 \begin_layout Standard
13506 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13507 math mode and has a length of its own.
13508 Here are some examples of the
13509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13523 \begin_layout Enumerate
13524 line- and page-breaks
13525 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13535 \begin_layout Enumerate
13537 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13547 \begin_layout Enumerate
13548 Oh — there's a dash.
13549 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13559 \begin_layout Enumerate
13560 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13564 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13574 \begin_layout Subsection
13579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13588 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13595 \begin_layout Standard
13596 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13597 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13606 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13611 following the rules of the document language
13615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13616 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13624 \begin_inset space ~
13628 \begin_inset space ~
13635 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13646 \begin_layout Standard
13647 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13652 and with unusual constructs, like
13653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13661 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13662 This is done with the menu
13664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13665 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13667 \begin_inset space ~
13673 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13674 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13677 \begin_layout Standard
13678 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13679 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13680 a hyphen and a space in the form
13681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13689 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13697 as hyphenation possibility.
13698 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13699 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13700 of the LaTeX-box-command
13706 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13707 As LyX doesn't support
13713 , we have to use TeX Code.
13714 The result looks in LyX like:
13717 \begin_layout Standard
13718 \begin_inset Graphics
13719 filename clipart/mbox.png
13726 \begin_layout Standard
13727 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13728 \begin_inset space ~
13732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13734 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13741 \begin_layout Subsection
13746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13756 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13759 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13766 \begin_layout Standard
13767 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13768 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13769 LaTeX then adds the
13770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13773 appropriate amount of space
13774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13778 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13780 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13783 \begin_layout Standard
13784 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13798 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13799 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13802 \begin_layout Standard
13803 Here are some examples of
13807 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13810 \begin_layout Itemize
13815 \begin_layout Itemize
13820 \begin_layout Standard
13821 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13824 \begin_layout Itemize
13826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13830 this is too much space!
13833 \begin_layout Itemize
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13839 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13842 \begin_layout Standard
13843 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13846 \begin_layout Enumerate
13850 \begin_inset space ~
13855 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13856 \begin_inset space ~
13860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13862 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13871 Spaces ! inter-word
13879 \begin_layout Enumerate
13883 \begin_inset space ~
13888 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13889 \begin_inset space ~
13893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13895 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13912 \begin_layout Enumerate
13916 \begin_inset space ~
13920 \begin_inset space ~
13924 \begin_inset space ~
13931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13933 \begin_inset space ~
13938 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13939 This function is also bound to
13942 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13948 \begin_layout Standard
13949 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13952 \begin_layout Itemize
13954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13958 \begin_inset space \space{}
13961 this is too much space!
13964 \begin_layout Itemize
13965 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13969 \begin_layout Standard
13970 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13971 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13972 LaTeX will care about this.
13975 \begin_layout Standard
13976 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13980 \begin_inset space ~
13985 feature described in section
13991 Additional Features
13996 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14002 Typography ! Quotes
14011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14044 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14045 and use a closing quote at the end.
14047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14055 The keyboard character,
14059 , generates this automatically.
14062 \begin_layout Standard
14063 You can change the behavior of the
14067 key using the submenu
14073 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14081 Document ! Settings
14089 \begin_layout Standard
14090 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14095 There are six choices:
14098 \begin_layout Labeling
14099 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14111 Use quotes like this
14112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14120 \begin_inset Quotes els
14124 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14130 \begin_layout Labeling
14131 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14134 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14138 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14144 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14148 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14152 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14158 \begin_layout Labeling
14159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14162 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14166 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14172 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14176 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14180 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14184 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14190 \begin_layout Labeling
14191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14194 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14198 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14204 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14208 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14212 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14216 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14222 \begin_layout Labeling
14223 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14226 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14230 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14236 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14240 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14244 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14248 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14254 \begin_layout Labeling
14255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14258 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14262 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14268 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14272 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14276 \begin_inset Quotes als
14280 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14286 \begin_layout Standard
14287 These settings affects what character the
14294 \begin_layout Subsection
14299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14300 Typography ! Ligatures
14309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14340 name "sub:Ligatures"
14347 \begin_layout Standard
14348 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14349 print them as single characters.
14350 These groups are known as
14355 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14357 Here are the standard ligatures:
14360 \begin_layout Itemize
14364 \begin_layout Itemize
14368 \begin_layout Itemize
14372 \begin_layout Itemize
14376 \begin_layout Itemize
14380 \begin_layout Standard
14381 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14384 \begin_layout Standard
14385 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14386 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14394 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14410 To break a ligature, use
14412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14413 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14415 \begin_inset space ~
14422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14433 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14450 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14458 \begin_layout Subsection
14463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14472 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14479 \begin_layout Standard
14480 You have surely noticed, that the word
14481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14488 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14489 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14490 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14510 \begin_inset Note Note
14513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14514 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14522 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14523 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14528 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14532 \begin_layout Description
14533 LyX The name of the game, write
14534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14555 \begin_layout Description
14556 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14578 \begin_layout Description
14579 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14601 \begin_layout Description
14602 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14624 \begin_layout Standard
14625 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14630 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14638 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14639 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14640 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14643 : The actual version is
14644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14651 , the previous one was
14652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14662 \begin_layout Standard
14663 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14668 \begin_inset space \space{}
14671 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14673 This will look in LyX like:
14674 \begin_inset Graphics
14675 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14681 \begin_inset Newline newline
14684 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14685 \begin_inset space ~
14689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14691 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14698 \begin_layout Subsection
14703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14712 \begin_layout Standard
14713 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14714 space between two words.
14715 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14725 for units use the menu
14727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14728 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14730 \begin_inset space ~
14738 arg "space-insert thin"
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14745 Here's an example to show the differences:
14748 \begin_layout Standard
14749 \begin_inset Tabular
14750 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14752 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14753 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14760 \begin_inset space ~
14764 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14776 space between number and unit
14783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14792 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14804 half space between number and unit
14817 \begin_layout Subsection
14822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14823 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14831 \begin_layout Standard
14832 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14834 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14835 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14836 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14837 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14838 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14839 These bits of text became known as
14850 \begin_layout Standard
14851 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14852 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14853 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14854 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14855 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14856 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14857 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14860 \begin_layout Standard
14861 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14862 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14863 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14864 \begin_inset space ~
14868 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14870 key "latexcompanion"
14875 \begin_inset space ~
14879 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14885 ] may have more information.
14886 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14889 \begin_layout Chapter
14890 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14893 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14900 \begin_layout Standard
14901 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14906 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14909 \begin_layout Section
14914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14921 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14930 \begin_layout Standard
14931 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14934 \begin_layout Description
14936 \begin_inset space ~
14939 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14940 \begin_inset Newline newline
14944 \begin_inset Note Note
14947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14948 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14956 \begin_layout Description
14957 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14958 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14960 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14961 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14962 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14965 \begin_inset Newline newline
14969 \begin_inset Note Comment
14972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14973 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14981 \begin_layout Description
14983 \begin_inset space ~
14986 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14987 \begin_inset Newline newline
14991 \begin_inset Newline newline
14995 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15004 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15005 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15006 How this can be done is explained in the
15015 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15021 \begin_inset Newline newline
15025 \begin_inset Newline newline
15028 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15029 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15032 \begin_layout Standard
15033 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15034 \begin_inset Graphics
15035 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15037 scaleBeforeRotation
15043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15047 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15050 \begin_layout Section
15055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15064 name "sec:Footnotes"
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15072 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15078 or the toolbar button
15079 \begin_inset Graphics
15080 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15093 \begin_inset Graphics
15094 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15103 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15132 label, the box will
15136 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15137 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15150 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15166 \begin_layout Standard
15167 Here's an example footnote:
15175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15176 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15184 \begin_layout Standard
15185 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15186 position where the footnote box is placed.
15187 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15188 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15189 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15190 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15191 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15196 ey are described in the
15203 \begin_layout Section
15208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15217 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15225 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15226 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15230 \begin_inset space ~
15235 or the toolbar button
15236 \begin_inset Graphics
15237 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15264 appearing within your text.
15265 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15274 \begin_layout Standard
15275 At the side is an example marginal note.
15279 \begin_inset Marginal
15282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15283 This is a marginal note.
15291 \begin_layout Standard
15292 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15293 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15294 pages, right on odd pages.
15297 \begin_layout Section
15298 Graphics and Images
15302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15321 name "sec:Graphics"
15328 \begin_layout Standard
15329 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15330 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15331 \begin_inset Graphics
15332 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15338 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15342 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15345 \begin_layout Standard
15346 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15351 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15352 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15354 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15355 \begin_inset space ~
15359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15361 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15368 \begin_layout Standard
15373 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15374 of the image in the output.
15375 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15379 \begin_inset space ~
15383 \begin_inset space ~
15392 \begin_inset space ~
15396 \begin_inset space ~
15400 \begin_inset space ~
15405 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15406 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15414 \begin_layout Standard
15417 LaTeX and LyX options
15419 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15420 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15424 \begin_inset space ~
15429 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15430 with the image size is printed.
15434 \begin_inset space ~
15438 \begin_inset space ~
15442 \begin_inset space ~
15447 is explained in the
15458 \begin_layout Standard
15459 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15460 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15462 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15466 \begin_layout Standard
15468 \begin_inset Graphics
15469 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15471 rotateOrigin center
15478 \begin_layout Standard
15479 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15480 the image into a float, see section
15481 \begin_inset space ~
15485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15487 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15494 \begin_layout Subsection
15499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15508 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15515 \begin_layout Standard
15516 You can insert images in any known file format.
15517 But as we explained in section
15518 \begin_inset space ~
15522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15524 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15528 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15529 LyX uses therefore the program
15533 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15534 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15535 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15536 \begin_inset space ~
15540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15542 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15549 \begin_layout Standard
15550 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15553 \begin_layout Description
15555 \begin_inset space ~
15558 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15559 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15560 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15564 Graphics Interchange Format
15565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15568 (GIF, file extension
15569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15616 Portable Network Graphics
15617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15620 (PNG, file extension
15621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15668 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15672 (JPG, file extension
15673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15731 \begin_layout Description
15733 \begin_inset space ~
15736 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15738 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15739 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15740 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15741 \begin_inset Newline newline
15744 Scalable image formats can be
15745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15748 Scalable Vector Graphics
15749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15752 (SVG, file extension
15753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15800 Encapsulated PostScript
15801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15804 (EPS, file extension
15805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15852 Portable Document Format
15853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15856 (PDF, file extension
15857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15879 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15880 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15881 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15887 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15895 \begin_layout Standard
15896 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15900 \begin_layout Subsection
15901 Grouping of Image Settings
15905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15906 Images ! Settings grouping
15914 \begin_layout Standard
15915 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15917 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15918 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15920 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15921 need to manually change each of them.
15925 \begin_layout Standard
15926 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15929 \begin_inset space ~
15934 field in the Graphics dialog.
15935 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15936 by checking the name of the desired group.
15939 \begin_layout Section
15944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15960 \begin_layout Standard
15961 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15962 \begin_inset Graphics
15963 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15974 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15975 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15976 from the rest of the table.
15977 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15978 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15980 Here's an example table:
15983 \begin_layout Standard
15985 \begin_inset Tabular
15986 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16191 \begin_layout Subsection
16195 \begin_layout Standard
16196 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16197 brings up the table dialog.
16198 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16199 where the cursor is placed currently.
16200 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16201 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16202 done on all of your selection.
16205 \begin_layout Standard
16206 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16209 \begin_inset space ~
16214 helps you in setting table properties.
16215 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16218 \begin_layout Standard
16222 \begin_inset space ~
16227 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16228 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16229 current cell respectively.
16230 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16232 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16233 of text, see section
16234 \begin_inset space ~
16238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16240 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16247 \begin_layout Standard
16248 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16254 This will merge the cells to
16258 cell, spread over more than one column.
16259 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16260 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16261 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16262 in the last row without the upper border:
16265 \begin_layout Standard
16267 \begin_inset Tabular
16268 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16269 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16270 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16271 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16272 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16273 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16284 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16293 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16369 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16404 \begin_layout Standard
16405 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16406 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16407 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16408 explained in the tables section of the
16411 \begin_inset space ~
16417 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16421 degrees counterclockwise.
16422 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16425 \begin_layout Standard
16426 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16434 Most DVI-viewers are
16438 able to display rotations.
16446 \begin_layout Standard
16451 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16456 adds lines for all cell borders.
16459 \begin_layout Subsection
16464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16465 Tables ! Longtables
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16483 \begin_layout Standard
16484 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16487 \begin_inset space ~
16491 \begin_inset space ~
16500 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16501 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16504 \begin_layout Description
16509 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16510 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16511 except for the first page, if
16514 \begin_inset space ~
16522 \begin_layout Description
16526 \begin_inset space ~
16531 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16532 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16535 \begin_layout Description
16540 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16541 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16542 except for the last page, if
16545 \begin_inset space ~
16553 \begin_layout Description
16557 \begin_inset space ~
16562 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16563 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16566 \begin_layout Description
16567 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16568 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16574 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16577 \begin_inset space ~
16585 \begin_layout Standard
16586 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16587 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16588 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16589 The others will then be defined as
16594 In this context, first means first in this order:
16597 \begin_inset space ~
16609 \begin_inset space ~
16615 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16618 \begin_layout Standard
16620 \begin_inset Tabular
16621 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16622 <features islongtable="true">
16623 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16624 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16625 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16626 <row endfirsthead="true">
16627 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16633 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16638 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16647 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16657 <row endfirsthead="true">
16658 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16669 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16678 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16690 <row endhead="true">
16691 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16711 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16721 <row endhead="true">
16722 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16733 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16742 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16754 <row endfoot="true">
16755 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16766 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16775 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16806 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17747 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17765 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17776 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17807 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17838 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17869 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17900 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17931 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17962 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17993 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18055 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18241 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18489 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18520 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18582 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18736 <row endlastfoot="true">
18737 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18757 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 \begin_layout Subsection
18779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18788 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18795 \begin_layout Standard
18796 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18797 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18798 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18799 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18803 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18804 for the cell's paragraph.
18807 \begin_layout Standard
18808 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18809 for the column in the table dialog.
18810 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18811 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18815 \begin_layout Standard
18817 \begin_inset Tabular
18818 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18820 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18821 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18822 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 This is longer now.
18972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19023 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19024 This is longer now.
19029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19055 \begin_layout Standard
19056 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19057 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19063 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19069 Selection with the mouse or with
19073 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19074 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19075 the selection from outside the table.
19078 \begin_layout Section
19083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19090 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19099 \begin_layout Standard
19100 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19101 have a fixed location.
19103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19110 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19118 \begin_inset space ~
19123 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19124 too much notes at the page.
19127 \begin_layout Standard
19128 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19129 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19130 and pages without text.
19131 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19132 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19133 Floats are therefore numbered.
19134 Referencing is described in section
19135 \begin_inset space ~
19139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19141 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19148 \begin_layout Standard
19149 To insert a float, use the menu
19151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19155 A box with a caption that has e.
19156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19160 \begin_inset space \space{}
19164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19168 \begin_inset space ~
19172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19175 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19176 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19178 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19189 paragraph within the float.
19190 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19191 by left-clicking on the box label.
19192 A closed float box looks like this:
19193 \begin_inset Graphics
19194 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19199 – a gray button with a red label.
19202 \begin_layout Standard
19203 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19204 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19207 \begin_layout Subsection
19211 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 Floats ! Figure floats
19223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19225 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19232 \begin_layout Standard
19235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19236 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19239 inserts a float with the label
19240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19246 \begin_inset space ~
19252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19256 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19257 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19258 This is what we did for Figure
19259 \begin_inset space ~
19263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19265 reference "cap:Platypus"
19270 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19271 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19272 This was done in Figure
19273 \begin_inset space ~
19277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19279 reference "cap:Escher"
19286 \begin_layout Standard
19287 \begin_inset Float figure
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19294 \begin_inset Graphics
19295 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19297 rotateOrigin center
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19305 \begin_inset Caption
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19310 name "cap:Platypus"
19314 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19327 \begin_layout Standard
19328 \begin_inset Float figure
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19334 \begin_inset Caption
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19354 \begin_inset Graphics
19355 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19357 rotateOrigin center
19369 \begin_layout Standard
19370 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19372 As described in section
19373 \begin_inset space ~
19377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19379 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19383 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19388 and refer to it using the menu
19390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19394 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19403 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19415 \begin_layout Standard
19416 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19417 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19418 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19419 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19421 \begin_inset space ~
19425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19427 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19431 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19432 You can also set the images one below the other.
19434 \begin_inset space ~
19438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19440 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19447 reference "fig:Platypus"
19451 are the subfigures.
19454 \begin_layout Standard
19455 \begin_inset Float figure
19460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19461 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19465 \begin_inset Float figure
19470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19471 \begin_inset Caption
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19476 name "fig:Undefinable"
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19489 \begin_inset Graphics
19490 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19501 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19505 \begin_inset Float figure
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19511 \begin_inset Caption
19513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19516 name "fig:Platypus"
19528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 \begin_inset Graphics
19530 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19542 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 \begin_inset Caption
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19554 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19558 Two distorted images.
19571 \begin_layout Standard
19572 Note that the caption is added to the
19575 \begin_inset space ~
19579 \begin_inset space ~
19584 as described in section
19585 \begin_inset space ~
19589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19591 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19598 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19604 Floats ! Table floats
19612 \begin_layout Standard
19613 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19616 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19620 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19623 \begin_inset space ~
19627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19629 reference "cap:Table-float"
19633 is an example of a table float.
19636 \begin_layout Standard
19637 \begin_inset Float table
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19643 \begin_inset Caption
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19648 name "cap:Table-float"
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 \begin_inset Tabular
19663 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19665 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19666 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19667 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19817 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19838 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19859 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19873 \begin_layout Standard
19874 This float type is inserted with the menu
19876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19877 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19881 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19882 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19886 , described in section
19887 \begin_inset space ~
19891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19893 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19900 \begin_layout Standard
19901 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19909 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19915 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19918 \begin_layout Standard
19923 floatname{algorithm}{your
19924 \begin_inset space ~
19930 \begin_layout Standard
19931 to the document preamble (menu
19933 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19940 \begin_inset space ~
19946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19966 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19974 \begin_layout Standard
19975 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 \begin_inset Graphics
19984 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19986 rotateOrigin center
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19994 \begin_inset Caption
19996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19999 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20003 This is a wrapped figure.
20004 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20017 This float type is used if you want to
20018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20025 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20027 It can be inserted using the menu
20029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20030 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20032 \begin_inset space ~
20037 if the LaTeX-package
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20056 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20059 \begin_inset space ~
20069 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20072 \begin_inset space ~
20076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20078 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20082 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20091 Available units are explained in Appendix
20092 \begin_inset space ~
20096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20098 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20107 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20111 \begin_layout Standard
20112 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20120 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20125 \begin_inset space \space{}
20128 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
20129 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20130 over some other text.
20138 \begin_layout Itemize
20139 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20140 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20141 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20142 breaks will appear.
20145 \begin_layout Itemize
20146 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20147 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20150 \begin_layout Itemize
20151 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20152 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20155 \begin_layout Itemize
20156 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20159 \begin_layout Subsection
20161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20163 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20180 \begin_layout Standard
20181 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20182 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20186 \begin_inset space ~
20194 \begin_layout Standard
20195 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20196 have a multi-column document).
20197 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20200 \begin_inset space ~
20206 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20207 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20214 \begin_layout Standard
20215 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20216 format is also the same: Table
20217 \begin_inset space ~
20221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20223 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20227 is an example of a rotated table float.
20230 \begin_layout Standard
20231 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20239 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20247 \begin_layout Standard
20248 \begin_inset Float table
20253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20254 \begin_inset Caption
20256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20257 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20259 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20273 \begin_inset Tabular
20274 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20276 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20280 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 \begin_layout Subsection
20342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20344 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20361 \begin_layout Standard
20362 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20363 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20364 \begin_inset Newline newline
20370 \begin_inset space ~
20375 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20376 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20378 \begin_inset Newline newline
20384 \begin_inset space ~
20389 is used to rotate floats, see section
20390 \begin_inset space ~
20394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20396 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20403 \begin_layout Standard
20404 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20405 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20408 \begin_inset space ~
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20420 \begin_layout Description
20422 \begin_inset space ~
20426 \begin_inset space ~
20429 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20432 \begin_layout Description
20434 \begin_inset space ~
20438 \begin_inset space ~
20441 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20444 \begin_layout Description
20446 \begin_inset space ~
20450 \begin_inset space ~
20453 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20456 \begin_layout Description
20458 \begin_inset space ~
20462 \begin_inset space ~
20465 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20468 \begin_layout Standard
20469 The order of the above option is
20474 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20478 \begin_inset space ~
20482 \begin_inset space ~
20490 \begin_inset space ~
20494 \begin_inset space ~
20499 , and then the others.
20500 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20502 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20503 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20506 \begin_layout Standard
20507 By default, each options has its own rules:
20510 \begin_layout Standard
20514 \begin_inset space ~
20518 \begin_inset space ~
20523 only floats occupying less than 70
20524 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20527 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20530 \begin_layout Standard
20534 \begin_inset space ~
20538 \begin_inset space ~
20543 : only floats occupying less than 30
20544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20547 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20550 \begin_layout Standard
20554 \begin_inset space ~
20558 \begin_inset space ~
20563 : only if more than 50
20564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20567 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20571 \begin_layout Standard
20572 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20576 \begin_inset space ~
20580 \begin_inset space ~
20588 \begin_layout Standard
20589 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20590 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20591 For this case you can use the option
20594 \begin_inset space ~
20600 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20602 Because the float is then no longer able to
20603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20610 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20613 \begin_layout Standard
20614 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20615 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20618 \begin_layout Standard
20619 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20621 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20623 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20630 \begin_layout Section
20635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20644 name "sec:Minipages"
20651 \begin_layout Standard
20652 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20654 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20655 \begin_inset space ~
20662 \begin_layout Standard
20663 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20669 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20670 and its alignment within the page.
20673 \begin_layout Standard
20675 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20684 height_special "totalheight"
20687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20690 This is a minipage.
20691 The text is set in an italic style.
20694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20697 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20698 another formatting.
20706 \begin_layout Standard
20707 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20710 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20714 as described in section
20715 \begin_inset space ~
20719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20721 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20726 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20732 \begin_layout Standard
20733 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20742 height_special "totalheight"
20745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20746 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20747 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20753 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20757 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20766 height_special "totalheight"
20769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20770 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20771 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20779 \begin_layout Standard
20780 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20787 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20788 to other box types.
20789 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20800 \begin_layout Chapter
20801 Mathematical Formulas
20805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20846 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20853 \begin_layout Standard
20854 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20859 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20862 \begin_layout Section
20867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20876 \begin_layout Standard
20877 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20878 \begin_inset Graphics
20879 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20884 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20886 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20887 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20888 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20896 \begin_layout Standard
20897 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20901 \begin_inset space ~
20906 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20910 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20911 line, like this one:
20914 \begin_layout Standard
20915 This is a line with an inline formula
20916 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20922 \begin_layout Standard
20923 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20925 \begin_inset Formula \[
20930 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20933 \begin_layout Standard
20934 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20940 \begin_inset space \space{}
20944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20957 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20958 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20962 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20965 \begin_inset space ~
20973 \begin_layout Subsection
20974 Navigating in Formulas
20978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20987 \begin_layout Standard
20988 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20989 achieved with the arrow keys.
20990 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20991 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20996 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20997 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21001 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21005 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21007 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21015 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21020 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21021 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21024 \begin_layout Standard
21029 , printed in this document as
21030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21051 \begin_inset Note Note
21054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21055 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21056 space character (visible space).
21061 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21062 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21063 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21068 For example, if you want
21069 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21123 , since in the latter case only the
21126 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21131 will be under the square root sign:
21132 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21138 \begin_layout Standard
21139 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21141 \begin_inset Formula \[
21142 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21145 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21149 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21150 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21153 \begin_layout Subsection
21157 \begin_layout Standard
21158 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21159 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21163 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21164 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21165 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21166 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21167 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21170 \begin_layout Subsection
21171 Exponents and Subscripts
21175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21194 \begin_layout Standard
21195 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21196 way is to use a command.
21198 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21201 , type in a formula
21207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21223 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21229 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21233 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21254 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21263 , you have to use an extra
21267 to separate the hat and the character.
21269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21273 \begin_inset space \space{}
21277 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21298 Subscripts are similar: To get
21299 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21322 \begin_layout Subsection
21327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21336 \begin_layout Standard
21337 Create a fraction with either the command
21344 \begin_inset Graphics
21345 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21353 \begin_inset space ~
21359 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21360 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21361 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21366 To move back up, press
21371 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21372 \begin_inset Formula \[
21373 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21375 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21382 \begin_layout Subsection
21387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21396 \begin_layout Standard
21397 Roots can be created using the
21400 \begin_inset space ~
21406 \begin_inset Graphics
21407 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21430 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21436 produces always a square root.
21439 \begin_layout Subsection
21440 Operators with Limits
21444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21463 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21470 \begin_layout Standard
21472 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21476 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21479 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21480 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21481 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21482 The sum operator will automatically place its
21483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21490 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21493 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21497 \begin_inset Formula \[
21498 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21502 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21506 \begin_layout Standard
21507 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21509 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21510 behind the operator and hitting
21518 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21519 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21521 \begin_inset space ~
21525 \begin_inset space ~
21533 \begin_layout Standard
21534 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21542 feature as addition, such as
21546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21553 \begin_inset Formula \[
21554 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21558 which will place the
21559 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21571 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21572 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21578 \begin_layout Standard
21579 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21586 Have a look at section
21587 \begin_inset space ~
21591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21593 reference "sub:Functions"
21597 for an explanation of function macros.
21600 \begin_layout Subsection
21605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21614 \begin_layout Standard
21615 Most math symbols can be found in the
21618 \begin_inset space ~
21623 under one of several categories; including
21640 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21644 \begin_layout Standard
21645 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21646 you don't have to use the
21649 \begin_inset space ~
21654 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21655 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21658 \begin_layout Subsection
21663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21672 \begin_layout Standard
21673 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21678 arg "space-insert protected"
21684 \begin_inset space ~
21690 \begin_inset Graphics
21691 filename ../images/math/space.png
21696 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21697 Here a example for the sequence
21702 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21706 \begin_inset Graphics
21707 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21712 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21713 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21714 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21715 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21720 \begin_layout Standard
21730 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21736 \begin_layout Standard
21746 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21752 \begin_layout Subsection
21757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21766 name "sub:Functions"
21773 \begin_layout Standard
21777 \begin_inset space ~
21782 contains under the button
21783 \begin_inset Graphics
21784 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21788 a number of functions, such as
21789 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21793 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21801 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21808 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21809 avoid confusions, because
21810 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21814 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21820 \begin_layout Standard
21821 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21823 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21827 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21833 \begin_layout Standard
21834 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21835 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21836 \begin_inset space ~
21840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21842 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21849 \begin_layout Subsection
21854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21863 \begin_layout Standard
21864 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21866 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21867 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21872 \begin_inset space \space{}
21876 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21879 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21880 Our example is entered by typing
21888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21901 \begin_inset space ~
21905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21907 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21911 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21914 \begin_layout Standard
21915 \begin_inset Float table
21920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21921 \begin_inset Caption
21923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21926 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21930 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21940 \begin_inset Tabular
21941 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22029 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22083 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22137 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22191 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22245 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22299 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22353 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22407 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22461 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22506 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22527 \begin_layout Standard
22528 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22531 \begin_inset space ~
22537 \begin_inset Graphics
22538 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22542 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22546 \begin_layout Section
22547 Brackets and Delimiters
22551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22570 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22577 \begin_layout Standard
22578 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22579 For most purposes, using just the keys
22584 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22585 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22588 \begin_inset space ~
22594 \begin_inset Graphics
22595 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22600 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22602 \begin_inset Formula \[
22603 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22605 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22609 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22610 \begin_inset Formula \[
22611 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22618 \begin_layout Standard
22619 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22620 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22623 \begin_layout Standard
22624 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22625 left side and right side.
22626 If you use the option
22629 \begin_inset space ~
22634 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22635 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22636 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22637 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22640 \begin_layout Standard
22641 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22642 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22643 inside the brackets.
22644 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22649 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22652 \begin_layout Standard
22653 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22664 \begin_layout Section
22669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22678 \begin_layout Standard
22679 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22680 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22691 \begin_layout Standard
22692 \begin_inset Formula \[
22693 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22700 \begin_layout Standard
22701 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22716 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22717 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22718 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22721 \begin_layout Section
22722 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22747 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22755 \begin_layout Standard
22756 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22759 \begin_inset space ~
22765 \begin_inset Graphics
22766 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22771 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22772 Here is an example:
22773 \begin_inset Formula \[
22774 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22777 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22781 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22782 \begin_inset space ~
22786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22788 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22793 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22794 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22795 This alignment is set in the box
22800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22848 for every column as default.
22849 For example, the sequence
22850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22861 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22862 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22863 corresponds to the relevant column.
22864 The result will look like this:
22865 \begin_inset Formula \[
22867 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22868 column & has & has\, right\\
22869 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22876 \begin_layout Standard
22877 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22880 arg "newline-insert newline"
22883 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22884 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22886 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22892 \begin_layout Standard
22893 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22894 It can be created with the menu
22896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22897 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22899 \begin_inset space ~
22912 \begin_inset Formula \[
22916 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22923 \begin_layout Standard
22924 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22927 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22930 arg "newline-insert newline"
22934 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22939 arg "newline-insert newline"
22942 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22950 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22951 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22952 A new row is created by every further hit of
22955 arg "newline-insert newline"
22959 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22960 Here is an example:
22961 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22962 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22963 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22967 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22968 where you want to start the shift and hit
22973 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22974 position to the next column.
22975 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22976 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22977 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22978 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22985 \begin_layout Standard
22986 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22993 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22994 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22997 reference "eq:asquared"
23002 The other types are described in section
23003 \begin_inset space ~
23007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23009 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23016 \begin_layout Section
23017 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23022 Math ! Formula numbering
23031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23032 Math ! Referencing formulas
23038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23040 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23047 \begin_layout Standard
23048 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23050 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23051 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23053 \begin_inset space ~
23061 arg "math-number-toggle"
23065 The formula number appears in LyX as
23066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23073 within parentheses.
23075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23082 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23084 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23085 the document class.
23086 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23087 separated by a dot:
23088 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23089 1+1=2\end{equation}
23096 arg "math-number-toggle"
23099 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23100 You can only number displayed formulas.
23103 \begin_layout Standard
23104 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23106 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23107 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23109 \begin_inset space ~
23113 \begin_inset space ~
23117 \begin_inset space ~
23125 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23128 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23129 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23131 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23132 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23136 To number all lines use the shortcut
23139 arg "math-number-toggle"
23145 \begin_layout Standard
23146 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23149 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23150 A label is inserted with the menu
23152 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23155 when the cursor is in the formula.
23156 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23157 It is recommended to use the proposed
23158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23169 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23170 type when you have many labels in your document.
23171 We inserted in the following example the label
23172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23179 in the second line:
23180 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23181 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23182 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23186 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23187 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23197 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23201 \begin_inset space ~
23207 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23208 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23209 as the formula number:
23212 \begin_layout Standard
23213 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23216 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23223 \begin_layout Standard
23224 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23225 \begin_inset space ~
23229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23231 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23236 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23242 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23247 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23255 \begin_layout Section
23256 User defined math macros
23260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23269 \begin_layout Standard
23270 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas what is very useful when you
23271 have in a document several times the same form of equations.
23272 Math macros are explained in section
23275 \begin_inset space ~
23287 \begin_layout Section
23291 \begin_layout Subsection
23296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23305 \begin_layout Standard
23306 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23307 To set a font in a formula, use the
23310 \begin_inset space ~
23316 \begin_inset Graphics
23317 filename ../images/math/font.png
23321 , or enter its command, listed in table
23322 \begin_inset space ~
23326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23328 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23335 \begin_layout Standard
23336 \begin_inset Float table
23341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23342 \begin_inset Caption
23344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23347 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23351 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 \begin_inset Tabular
23362 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23364 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23365 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23397 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23424 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23451 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23484 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23511 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23538 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23572 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23599 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23633 \begin_layout Standard
23634 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23642 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23658 \begin_layout Standard
23659 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23660 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23665 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23666 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23667 Here an example where a
23668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23679 denotes the set of numbers:
23680 \begin_inset Formula \[
23681 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23688 \begin_layout Standard
23689 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23695 \begin_inset space \space{}
23707 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23711 \begin_inset Newline newline
23714 So better don't use this feature.
23717 \begin_layout Standard
23718 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23719 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23723 \begin_inset Newline newline
23726 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23732 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23733 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23739 \begin_layout Standard
23746 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23749 \begin_layout Standard
23750 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23752 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23753 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23755 \begin_inset space ~
23763 \begin_layout Subsection
23768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23777 \begin_layout Standard
23778 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23780 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23784 \begin_inset space ~
23788 \begin_inset space ~
23796 \begin_inset space ~
23802 \begin_inset Graphics
23803 filename ../images/math/font.png
23810 \begin_inset space ~
23816 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23817 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23818 Here is an example:
23819 \begin_inset Formula \[
23821 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23822 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23829 \begin_layout Subsection
23834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23843 \begin_layout Standard
23844 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23845 automatically chosen in most situations.
23863 For most characters,
23871 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23872 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23877 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23878 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23879 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23880 \begin_inset Graphics
23881 filename ../images/math/style.png
23886 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23887 For example, you can set
23888 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23891 , which is normally in
23900 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23904 The four styles are used in the following example:
23907 \begin_layout Standard
23908 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23912 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23916 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23920 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23926 \begin_layout Standard
23927 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23928 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23930 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23932 \begin_inset space ~
23937 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23938 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23939 will be adjusted to correspond.
23940 As example a formula in the font size
23941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23951 \begin_layout Standard
23955 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23961 \begin_layout Section
23965 \begin_layout Standard
23966 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23967 the document classes and into layout modules.
23971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23977 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23978 other than the AMS classes.
23980 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23982 reference "sub:Modules"
23986 for more on layout modules.
23989 \begin_layout Section
23994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24013 \begin_layout Standard
24014 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24015 (AMS) that are in common use.
24018 \begin_layout Subsection
24019 Enabling AMS-Support
24022 \begin_layout Standard
24023 Selecting the checkbox
24026 \begin_inset space ~
24030 \begin_inset space ~
24034 \begin_inset space ~
24041 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24049 Document ! Settings
24057 \begin_inset space ~
24062 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24064 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24065 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24068 \begin_layout Subsection
24070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24072 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24081 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24089 \begin_layout Standard
24090 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24091 LyX allows you to choose between
24112 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24115 \begin_layout Chapter
24119 \begin_layout Section
24124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24133 name "sec:Cross-References"
24140 \begin_layout Standard
24141 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24142 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24144 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24145 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24146 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24149 \begin_layout Enumerate
24153 \begin_layout Enumerate
24154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24156 name "enu:Second-item"
24163 \begin_layout Enumerate
24167 \begin_layout Standard
24168 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24173 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24174 \begin_inset Graphics
24175 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24181 A grey label box like this:
24182 \begin_inset Graphics
24183 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24188 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24189 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24224 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24229 \begin_inset space \space{}
24232 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24247 \begin_layout Standard
24248 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24250 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24253 or the toolbar button
24254 \begin_inset Graphics
24255 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24261 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24262 \begin_inset Graphics
24263 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24268 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24270 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24283 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24285 Here is our cross-reference:
24288 \begin_layout Standard
24290 \begin_inset space ~
24294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24296 reference "enu:Second-item"
24303 \begin_layout Standard
24304 It is recommended to use a protected space
24308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24309 described in section
24310 \begin_inset space ~
24314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24316 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24325 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24329 \begin_layout Standard
24330 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24333 \begin_layout Description
24334 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24337 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24344 \begin_layout Description
24345 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24346 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24358 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24365 \begin_layout Description
24366 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24367 \begin_inset space ~
24371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24372 LatexCommand pageref
24373 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24380 \begin_layout Description
24382 \begin_inset space ~
24386 \begin_inset space ~
24389 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24391 LatexCommand vpageref
24392 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24399 \begin_layout Description
24401 \begin_inset space ~
24405 \begin_inset space ~
24409 \begin_inset space ~
24412 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24416 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24423 \begin_layout Description
24425 \begin_inset space ~
24428 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24429 \begin_inset Newline newline
24433 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24441 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24450 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24464 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24465 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24471 \begin_inset space \space{}
24475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24489 \begin_layout Standard
24490 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24491 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24492 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24496 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24500 \begin_layout Standard
24501 You can only use the style
24505 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24509 is always possible.
24512 \begin_layout Standard
24513 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24514 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24515 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24516 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24517 \begin_inset space ~
24521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24523 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24530 \begin_layout Standard
24534 \begin_inset space ~
24538 \begin_inset space ~
24543 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24544 The button text changes then to
24547 \begin_inset space ~
24552 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24553 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24554 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24558 \begin_layout Standard
24559 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24560 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24561 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24564 \begin_layout Standard
24565 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24566 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24569 \begin_layout Standard
24570 References are described in detail in the
24577 \begin_layout Section
24578 Table of Contents and other Listings
24582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24608 \begin_layout Subsection
24610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24612 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24619 \begin_layout Standard
24620 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24623 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24625 \begin_inset space ~
24629 \begin_inset space ~
24635 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24636 If you click on it, the
24640 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24641 sections in your documents.
24642 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24644 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24647 that is described in sec.
24648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24654 reference "sec:Navigating"
24661 \begin_layout Standard
24662 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24663 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24665 \begin_inset space ~
24669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24671 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24675 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24677 \begin_inset space ~
24681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24683 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24687 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24689 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24692 \begin_layout Subsection
24693 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24696 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24703 \begin_layout Standard
24704 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24705 You can insert them via the
24707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24709 \begin_inset space ~
24713 \begin_inset space ~
24719 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24722 \begin_layout Section
24723 URLs and Hyperlinks
24727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24746 \begin_layout Subsection
24748 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24757 \begin_layout Standard
24758 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24760 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24766 \begin_layout Standard
24767 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24768 \begin_inset Flex URL
24771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24781 \begin_layout Standard
24782 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24788 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24792 \begin_layout Standard
24793 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24801 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24809 \begin_layout Subsection
24811 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24813 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24820 \begin_layout Standard
24821 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24826 or with the toolbar button
24827 \begin_inset Graphics
24828 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24829 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24834 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24843 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24844 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24845 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24847 name "LyX's homepage"
24848 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24852 , an Email address like this:
24853 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24855 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24856 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24861 , or a link to a file.
24864 \begin_layout Standard
24865 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24878 to the link target.
24881 \begin_layout Standard
24882 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24883 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24884 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24885 the text style dialog.
24886 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24890 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24892 name "LyX's homepage"
24893 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24900 \begin_layout Standard
24901 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24905 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24908 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24912 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24914 \begin_inset Newline newline
24922 \begin_inset Newline newline
24929 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24932 \begin_layout Section
24937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24946 name "sec:Appendices"
24953 \begin_layout Standard
24954 Appendices are created with the menu
24956 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24958 \begin_inset space ~
24962 \begin_inset space ~
24968 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24969 as appendix region.
24970 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24973 \begin_layout Standard
24974 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24975 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24976 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24977 and the subsection number.
24978 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24982 \begin_layout Standard
24984 \begin_inset space ~
24988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24990 reference "cha:Credits"
24995 \begin_inset space ~
24999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25001 reference "sub:Export"
25008 \begin_layout Section
25013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25022 name "sec:Bibliography"
25029 \begin_layout Standard
25030 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25031 You can include a bibliography database,
25035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25036 Known under the name
25037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25049 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25050 manually, using the paragraph environment
25054 , which was described in section
25055 \begin_inset space ~
25059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25061 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25066 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25067 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25071 use a bibliography database.
25074 \begin_layout Subsection
25075 The Bibliography Environment
25078 \begin_layout Standard
25083 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25085 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25094 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25096 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25105 , a short form of its title, as key.
25108 \begin_layout Standard
25109 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25114 or the toolbar button
25115 \begin_inset Graphics
25116 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25117 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25122 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25123 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25124 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25125 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25130 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25131 with surrounding brackets.
25136 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25137 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25152 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25155 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25157 key "latexcompanion"
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25165 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25166 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25175 \begin_layout Subsection
25176 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25181 Bibliography ! Databases
25190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25191 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25199 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25206 \begin_layout Standard
25207 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25213 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25215 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25216 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25221 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25223 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25224 your working field in a database.
25225 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25226 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25228 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25232 \begin_layout Standard
25233 The database is a text file with the file extension
25234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25245 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25246 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25247 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25249 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25254 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25255 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25256 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25257 \begin_inset Flex URL
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25262 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25270 \begin_layout Standard
25271 To use a database, use the menu
25273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25278 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25291 \begin_inset space ~
25297 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25298 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25301 Add bibliography to TOC
25303 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25308 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25311 \begin_layout Standard
25312 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25324 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25325 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25326 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25328 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25334 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25335 \begin_inset Newline newline
25339 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25341 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25353 \begin_layout Standard
25354 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25357 \begin_layout Standard
25358 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25359 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25362 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25390 \begin_inset space ~
25396 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25402 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25411 \begin_layout Standard
25412 When you select the option
25414 Sectioned bibliography
25418 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25421 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25422 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25424 Customizing Bibliographies
25437 \begin_layout Standard
25438 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25439 the two methods of creating them.
25440 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25441 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25442 We used the style file
25446 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25449 \begin_layout Subsection
25450 Bibliography layout
25454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25455 Bibliography ! Layout
25463 \begin_layout Standard
25464 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25465 For this feature you need to enable the option
25471 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25479 Document ! Settings
25489 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25490 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25491 in the previous section.
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25495 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25496 in the citation reference window.
25497 Here an example where we set the text
25498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25502 \begin_inset space ~
25506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25509 to appear after the reference:
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25514 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25517 key "latexcompanion"
25524 \begin_layout Section
25529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25546 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25550 \begin_inset space ~
25555 or the toolbar button
25556 \begin_inset Graphics
25557 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25575 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25576 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25577 by LyX as index entry.
25580 \begin_layout Standard
25581 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25582 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25584 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25586 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25593 \begin_layout Standard
25594 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25597 \begin_layout Standard
25598 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25600 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25602 \begin_inset space ~
25606 \begin_inset space ~
25609 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25611 \begin_inset space ~
25617 A light blue box labeled
25618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25629 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25630 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25633 \begin_layout Subsection
25634 Grouping Index Entries
25638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25647 \begin_layout Standard
25648 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25650 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25651 lists under the entry
25652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25660 First we create the entry
25661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25669 \begin_inset space ~
25673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25675 reference "sub:Lists"
25680 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25681 \begin_inset space ~
25685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25687 reference "sec:Itemize"
25691 , we insert the command
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25704 \begin_layout Standard
25710 \begin_layout Standard
25711 for the enumerated list in section
25712 \begin_inset space ~
25716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25718 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25725 \begin_layout Standard
25726 The exclamation mark
25727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25734 marks the grouping levels.
25735 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25736 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25737 If we don't have an index entry for
25738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25745 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25748 \begin_layout Subsection
25753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25754 Index ! Page ranges
25762 \begin_layout Standard
25763 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25765 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25766 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25768 \begin_inset space ~
25772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25774 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25781 \begin_layout Standard
25784 Paragraph environments|(
25787 \begin_layout Standard
25788 and another entry at the end of section
25789 \begin_inset space ~
25793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25795 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25802 \begin_layout Standard
25805 Paragraph environments|)
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25833 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25834 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25835 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25836 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25837 An example is the index entry
25838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25841 Document ! Settings
25842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25848 \begin_layout Subsection
25853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25854 Index ! Cross referencing
25862 \begin_layout Standard
25863 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25864 We referred for example in the index entry
25865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25873 \begin_inset space ~
25877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25879 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25883 ) to the index entry
25884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25891 in the same section using the entry
25894 \begin_layout Standard
25897 GIF|see{Image formats}
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25901 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25902 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25903 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25906 \begin_layout Subsection
25911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25912 Index ! Entry order
25920 \begin_layout Standard
25921 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25922 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25923 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25928 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25930 \begin_inset space ~
25934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25936 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25945 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25946 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25975 Dummy entries ! maïs
25984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25985 Dummy entries ! maître
25994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25995 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26000 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26001 order maïs, maison, maître.
26002 To achieve this, we use the command
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26008 previous entry@current entry
26011 \begin_layout Standard
26012 In our case we want to have
26013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26028 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26031 \begin_layout Standard
26037 \begin_layout Standard
26038 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26039 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26043 \begin_layout Subsection
26048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26049 Index ! Entry layout
26057 \begin_layout Standard
26058 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26065 This is an italic dummy entry
26070 You can also format the page number using the character
26071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26078 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26079 We can write for example
26082 \begin_layout Standard
26085 italic page number:|textit
26088 \begin_layout Standard
26089 to get the page number in italic.
26093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26094 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26099 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26117 \begin_inset space ~
26123 Have a look at section
26124 \begin_inset space ~
26128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26130 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26134 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26137 \begin_layout Standard
26138 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26146 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26150 to generate the index, see section
26151 \begin_inset space ~
26155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26157 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26166 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26167 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26169 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26172 key "latexcompanion"
26184 \begin_layout Standard
26185 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26187 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26188 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26189 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26190 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26191 If so, put the following in preamble
26194 \begin_layout Standard
26206 \begin_layout Standard
26210 \begin_layout Standard
26216 \begin_layout Standard
26217 into the index entry.
26221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26222 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26227 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26228 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26229 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26232 \begin_layout Standard
26233 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26239 \begin_inset space \space{}
26242 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26243 for all index entries.
26244 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26256 documentation for details,
26257 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26259 key "makeindex,xindy"
26266 \begin_layout Subsection
26271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26280 name "sub:Index-Program"
26287 \begin_layout Standard
26288 When the index entry program
26292 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26293 generation, otherwise the program
26297 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26298 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26299 dialog, see section
26300 \begin_inset space ~
26304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26306 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26311 The available options are listed and explained in
26312 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26314 key "makeindex,xindy"
26319 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26327 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26328 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26330 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26332 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26333 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26341 \begin_layout Section
26342 Nomenclature / Glossary
26346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26387 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26394 \begin_layout Standard
26395 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26396 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26400 \begin_layout Standard
26401 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26410 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26416 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26417 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26423 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26427 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26428 and then use the menu
26430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26436 \begin_inset space ~
26441 or the toolbar button
26442 \begin_inset Graphics
26443 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26461 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26464 \begin_layout Standard
26465 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26466 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26467 The second is the description of the symbol.
26470 \begin_layout Standard
26471 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26479 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26487 \begin_layout Subsection
26488 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26493 Nomenclature ! Layout
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26502 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26506 field as LaTeX-formula.
26508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26512 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26520 \begin_inset Newline newline
26528 \begin_inset Newline newline
26534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26541 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26542 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26554 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26565 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26566 \begin_inset space ~
26570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26572 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26579 \begin_layout Standard
26583 \begin_inset space ~
26588 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26589 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26594 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26601 in this document is:
26602 \begin_inset Newline newline
26607 dummy entry for the character
26612 \begin_inset Newline newline
26624 \begin_inset space ~
26634 font use the command
26663 \begin_layout Subsection
26664 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26669 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26677 \begin_layout Standard
26678 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26679 the symbol definition.
26680 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26681 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26684 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26685 LatexCommand nomenclature
26687 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26694 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26698 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26699 LatexCommand nomenclature
26702 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26707 They will be sorted by
26708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26734 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26737 will be sorted before the
26741 since the character
26742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26749 is considered in sorting.
26752 \begin_layout Standard
26753 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26756 \begin_inset space ~
26761 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26762 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26764 For the given example, you can insert
26768 to this field for the
26769 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26776 will be located before
26777 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26783 \begin_layout Standard
26784 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26789 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26798 \begin_layout Subsection
26799 Nomenclature Options
26803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26804 Nomenclature ! Options
26812 \begin_layout Standard
26817 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26818 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26821 \begin_layout Description
26822 refeq Appends the phrase
26823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26838 to every nomenclature entry, where
26844 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26847 \begin_layout Description
26848 refpage Appends the phrase
26849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26864 to every nomenclature entry, where
26870 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26873 \begin_layout Description
26874 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26877 \begin_layout Standard
26878 There are furthermore the options
26922 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26926 \begin_layout Standard
26927 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26928 class options list in the
26930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26934 In this document the option
26941 \begin_layout Standard
26942 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26948 \begin_layout Standard
26949 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26950 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26955 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26958 \begin_layout Description
26968 \begin_layout Description
26971 nomrefpage Like the
26978 \begin_layout Description
26981 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26990 \begin_layout Description
26994 \begin_inset space ~
27000 \begin_inset space ~
27005 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27008 \begin_layout Subsection
27009 Printing the Nomenclature
27013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27014 Nomenclature ! Printing
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27023 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27027 \begin_inset space ~
27031 \begin_inset space ~
27034 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27038 A light blue box labeled
27039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27050 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27051 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27054 \begin_layout Standard
27055 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27064 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27072 For example, in order to change the name to
27076 , add the following line to the preamble:
27079 \begin_layout Standard
27087 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27091 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27097 \begin_layout Standard
27098 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27099 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27102 \begin_layout Standard
27110 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27113 \begin_layout Standard
27116 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27117 \begin_inset space ~
27121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27123 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27128 The default value is 1
27129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27135 \begin_layout Subsection
27136 Nomenclature Program
27140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27141 Nomenclature ! Program
27147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27149 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27156 \begin_layout Standard
27157 LyX uses the program
27161 to generate the nomenclature, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
27162 LyX's preferences dialog allows to specify another program or to control
27167 by adding options, see section
27168 \begin_inset space ~
27172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27174 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27179 The available options are listed and explained in
27180 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27182 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27189 \begin_layout Section
27194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27205 Document ! Branches
27211 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27213 name "sec:Branches"
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27221 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27222 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27223 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27224 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27227 \begin_layout Standard
27228 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27229 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27230 To create a branch, go in the
27232 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27240 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27241 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27244 \begin_layout Standard
27245 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27246 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27251 where you can choose a branch.
27252 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27255 \begin_layout Standard
27256 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27257 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27261 \begin_inset Branch Question
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27265 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27274 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27277 \begin_layout Standard
27278 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27286 \begin_layout Standard
27287 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27294 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27295 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27297 For example you can define for the question branch
27301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27302 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27303 \begin_inset space ~
27307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27309 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27321 \begin_layout Standard
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27341 \begin_layout Standard
27342 and for the answer branch
27345 \begin_layout Standard
27355 \begin_layout Standard
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27366 \begin_inset Branch Question
27369 \begin_layout Standard
27373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27402 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27405 \begin_layout Standard
27409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27438 Now it is possible to use the commands
27442 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27449 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27452 to obtain conditional output.
27453 Here is an example formula where only the
27460 \begin_inset Formula \[
27461 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27469 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27477 \begin_layout Section
27479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27481 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27498 \begin_layout Standard
27503 dialog provides under
27507 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27508 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27517 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27525 \begin_layout Standard
27530 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27531 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27532 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27534 You can specify in the dialog tab
27538 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27540 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27541 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27550 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27551 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27552 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27554 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27555 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27557 \begin_inset space ~
27560 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27561 \begin_inset space ~
27564 1 will only display the sections.
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27568 The header informations in the dialog tab
27572 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27573 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27578 \begin_inset space \space{}
27581 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27582 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27585 Automatic fill header
27587 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27588 title and author settings.
27591 \begin_layout Standard
27594 Load in fullscreen mode
27596 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27600 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27601 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27607 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27608 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27617 \begin_layout Section
27618 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27621 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27628 \begin_layout Subsection
27633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27642 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27649 \begin_layout Standard
27650 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27651 constructs, but not all.
27652 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27653 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27654 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27655 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27656 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27661 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27663 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27667 \begin_inset space ~
27672 or by the toolbar button
27673 \begin_inset Graphics
27674 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27679 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27684 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27685 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27686 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27693 , you can write the command part
27699 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27703 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27704 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27705 the following example:
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27709 \begin_inset Graphics
27710 filename clipart/ERT.png
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27722 \begin_layout Standard
27723 This is a line with a
27727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27750 \begin_layout Standard
27751 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27759 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27760 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27768 \begin_layout Subsection
27769 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27770 \begin_inset OptArg
27773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27792 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27799 \begin_layout Standard
27800 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27801 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27802 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27811 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27812 every time if you know the right commands.
27814 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27818 \begin_inset space \space{}
27821 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27822 the end of the day.
27823 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27824 all caption labels bold.
27825 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27827 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27830 \begin_layout Standard
27831 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27832 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27833 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27835 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27844 \begin_layout Standard
27845 As result you know that the package
27853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27854 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27860 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27862 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27868 \begin_layout Standard
27873 usepackage[options]{package name}
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27877 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27878 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27879 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27882 \begin_layout Standard
27883 In your case the package name is
27888 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27893 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27894 So you add the command
27897 \begin_layout Standard
27902 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27905 \begin_layout Standard
27906 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27911 For more commands provided by the
27915 package, have a look at its documentation,
27916 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27931 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27933 For example if you use a
27937 class, you don't need the package
27941 , you can instead write
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27949 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27954 \begin_layout Standard
27955 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27956 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27957 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27964 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27967 \begin_layout Standard
27968 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27969 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27971 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27972 the previous section.
27975 \begin_layout Standard
27976 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27978 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27980 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27988 \begin_layout Section
27989 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27992 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28019 \begin_layout Standard
28020 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28021 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28022 to break your train of thought with
28024 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28031 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28032 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28041 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28046 as explained below, and turn on
28049 \begin_inset space ~
28056 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28062 \begin_inset space ~
28066 \begin_inset space ~
28069 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28076 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28078 Previews of an already loaded document are
28082 generated just by selecting the
28085 \begin_inset space ~
28090 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28093 \begin_layout Standard
28094 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28095 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28098 \begin_inset space ~
28103 check box in the insert dialog.
28104 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28108 \begin_layout Standard
28109 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28113 (on some systems named simply
28118 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28120 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28126 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28127 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28135 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28139 \begin_layout Standard
28140 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28146 \begin_layout Standard
28147 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28151 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28153 \begin_inset space ~
28158 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28159 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28161 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28162 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28163 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28164 the source view window.
28167 \begin_layout Section
28169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28171 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28188 \begin_layout Standard
28189 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28190 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28207 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28213 can be seen as successor of
28217 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28222 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28223 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28232 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28233 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28243 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28246 or the toolbar button
28247 \begin_inset Graphics
28248 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28249 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28253 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28254 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28255 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28256 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28257 scrolled so that it is visible.
28262 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28264 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28268 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28269 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28272 \begin_layout Standard
28273 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28280 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28281 will bring an error message.
28282 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28283 specifying a different
28285 Alternative language
28287 in preferences dialog.
28290 \begin_layout Standard
28291 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28294 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28298 \begin_layout Standard
28299 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28300 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28302 But you can use the
28305 \begin_inset space ~
28309 \begin_inset space ~
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28318 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28319 This does work with
28323 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28326 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28330 \begin_layout Standard
28335 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28338 \begin_layout Description
28340 \begin_inset space ~
28343 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28344 should consider, e.
28345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28349 \begin_inset space \space{}
28352 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28353 This should not normally be needed.
28356 \begin_layout Description
28358 \begin_inset space ~
28361 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28362 as your personal dictionary
28365 \begin_layout Description
28367 \begin_inset space ~
28371 \begin_inset space ~
28374 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28386 \begin_layout Description
28388 \begin_inset space ~
28392 \begin_inset space ~
28395 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28397 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28404 also for the spellchecker.
28408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28409 The encodings are explained in section
28410 \begin_inset space ~
28414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28416 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28425 Only enable this if you use
28429 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28430 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28431 so this is disabled by default.
28434 \begin_layout Section
28439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28448 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28455 \begin_layout Standard
28456 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28459 \begin_layout Standard
28460 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28463 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28466 or the toolbar button
28467 \begin_inset Graphics
28468 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28469 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28470 rotateOrigin center
28475 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28479 \begin_layout Standard
28480 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28481 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28482 cases to find related words.
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28486 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28488 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28496 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28505 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28524 \begin_layout Section
28529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28540 Document ! Change Tracking
28546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28548 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28555 \begin_layout Standard
28556 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28557 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28558 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28559 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28561 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28563 \begin_inset space ~
28566 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28568 \begin_inset space ~
28576 \begin_layout Standard
28577 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28586 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28589 \begin_inset space ~
28593 \begin_inset space ~
28606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28615 \begin_layout Standard
28616 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28629 \begin_layout Standard
28630 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28636 \begin_layout Standard
28637 \begin_inset Graphics
28638 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28645 \begin_layout Standard
28646 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28652 \begin_layout Standard
28653 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28657 \begin_layout Standard
28658 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28664 \begin_layout Standard
28665 \begin_inset Tabular
28666 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28667 <features islongtable="true">
28668 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28669 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28675 \begin_inset Graphics
28676 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28677 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28678 rotateOrigin center
28687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28693 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28695 \begin_inset space ~
28698 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28700 \begin_inset space ~
28709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28714 \begin_inset Graphics
28715 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28716 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28717 rotateOrigin center
28726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28732 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28734 \begin_inset space ~
28737 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28739 \begin_inset space ~
28743 \begin_inset space ~
28747 \begin_inset space ~
28756 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28761 \begin_inset Graphics
28762 filename ../images/change-next.png
28763 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28764 rotateOrigin center
28773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28777 Jumps to the next change
28783 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28788 \begin_inset Graphics
28789 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28790 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28791 rotateOrigin center
28800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28806 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28808 \begin_inset space ~
28811 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28813 \begin_inset space ~
28822 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28827 \begin_inset Graphics
28828 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28829 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28830 rotateOrigin center
28839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28845 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28847 \begin_inset space ~
28850 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28852 \begin_inset space ~
28861 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28866 \begin_inset Graphics
28867 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28868 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28869 rotateOrigin center
28878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28884 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28886 \begin_inset space ~
28889 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28891 \begin_inset space ~
28900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28905 \begin_inset Graphics
28906 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28908 rotateOrigin center
28917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28923 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28925 \begin_inset space ~
28928 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28930 \begin_inset space ~
28934 \begin_inset space ~
28943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28948 \begin_inset Graphics
28949 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28950 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28951 rotateOrigin center
28960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28966 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28968 \begin_inset space ~
28971 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28973 \begin_inset space ~
28977 \begin_inset space ~
28986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28991 \begin_inset Graphics
28992 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28993 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28994 rotateOrigin center
29003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29010 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29012 \begin_inset space ~
29021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29026 \begin_inset Graphics
29027 filename ../images/note-next.png
29028 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29029 rotateOrigin center
29038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29044 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29046 \begin_inset space ~
29062 \begin_layout Standard
29063 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29069 \begin_layout Standard
29070 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29071 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29072 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29073 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29074 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29075 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29076 step to the next change.
29077 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29080 \begin_layout Standard
29081 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29082 to describe a change.
29085 \begin_layout Standard
29086 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29095 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29101 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29102 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29108 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29111 \begin_layout Section
29112 International Support
29116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29117 International support
29125 \begin_layout Standard
29126 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29127 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29128 how to set up LyX to use them:
29129 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29131 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29138 \begin_layout Standard
29139 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29140 \begin_inset space ~
29144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29146 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29153 \begin_layout Subsection
29158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29169 Document ! Settings
29178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29179 Document ! Language
29187 \begin_layout Standard
29190 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29193 dialog lets you set
29195 the language and character encoding for your language.
29199 \begin_layout Standard
29200 Choose your language in the
29204 section of this dialog.
29212 \begin_layout Standard
29217 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29222 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29223 For details about the different encoding options see section
29224 \begin_inset space ~
29228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29230 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29237 \begin_layout Subsection
29238 Keyboard mapping configuration
29239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29241 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29248 \begin_layout Standard
29249 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29250 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29251 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29252 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29253 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29255 \begin_inset space ~
29259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29261 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29266 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29267 which one you want to use.
29270 \begin_layout Standard
29271 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29272 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29273 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29274 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29275 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29276 one to support the characters you want.
29277 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29284 \begin_layout Subsection
29288 \begin_layout Standard
29290 \begin_inset space ~
29294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29296 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29305 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29309 \begin_layout Standard
29310 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29311 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29319 \begin_layout Itemize
29320 Even if you have selected
29326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29329 dialog, users who have only the
29333 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29337 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29338 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29339 french quotes won't show up.
29342 \begin_layout Standard
29343 \begin_inset Float table
29348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29349 \begin_inset Caption
29351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29354 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29372 \begin_inset Tabular
29373 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29375 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29376 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29377 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29378 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29379 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29380 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29382 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29383 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29384 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29385 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29390 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29391 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33804 \begin_layout Standard
33805 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33807 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33808 also the characters from
33820 \begin_layout Itemize
33829 \begin_layout Standard
33830 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33831 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33837 \begin_layout Standard
33838 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33839 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33845 \begin_layout Standard
33846 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33847 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33853 \begin_layout Standard
33854 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33855 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33861 \begin_layout Standard
33863 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33869 \begin_layout Standard
33871 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33877 \begin_layout Standard
33879 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33886 \begin_layout Itemize
33899 \begin_layout Standard
33901 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33907 \begin_layout Standard
33909 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33915 \begin_layout Standard
33917 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33923 \begin_layout Standard
33925 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33931 \begin_layout Standard
33933 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33939 \begin_layout Standard
33941 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33948 \begin_layout Standard
33949 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33950 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33951 Also make sure you're using the
33958 \begin_layout Chapter
33961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33963 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33970 \begin_layout Standard
33971 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33972 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33973 inside the user's guide.
33976 \begin_layout Section
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33990 \begin_layout Standard
33995 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33996 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33999 \begin_layout Subsection
34003 \begin_layout Standard
34004 Creates a new document.
34007 \begin_layout Subsection
34011 \begin_layout Standard
34012 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34013 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34014 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34017 \begin_layout Subsection
34021 \begin_layout Standard
34025 \begin_layout Subsection
34029 \begin_layout Standard
34030 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34031 Click there on a file to open it.
34034 \begin_layout Subsection
34038 \begin_layout Standard
34039 Closes the current document.
34042 \begin_layout Subsection
34046 \begin_layout Standard
34047 Saves the actual document.
34050 \begin_layout Subsection
34054 \begin_layout Standard
34055 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34058 \begin_layout Subsection
34062 \begin_layout Standard
34063 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34066 \begin_layout Subsection
34070 \begin_layout Standard
34071 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34072 It is described in the section
34074 Version Control in LyX
34079 \begin_inset space ~
34087 \begin_layout Subsection
34091 \begin_layout Standard
34092 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34093 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34094 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34097 \begin_layout Standard
34098 When using the menu
34101 \begin_inset space ~
34105 \begin_inset space ~
34110 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34111 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34112 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34113 will start a new paragraph.
34116 \begin_layout Subsection
34118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34127 \begin_layout Standard
34128 You can export your document to various file formats.
34129 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34130 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34131 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34134 \begin_layout Standard
34135 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34137 \begin_inset space ~
34141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34143 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34150 \begin_layout Description
34154 \begin_inset space ~
34159 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34160 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34163 \begin_layout Description
34171 \begin_layout Description
34172 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34176 \begin_layout Description
34178 \begin_inset space ~
34182 \begin_inset space ~
34185 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34189 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34197 \begin_layout Description
34204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34212 \begin_inset space ~
34217 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34218 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34222 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34225 \begin_layout Description
34232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34240 \begin_inset space ~
34245 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34246 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34254 \begin_layout Description
34256 \begin_inset space ~
34259 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34267 is replaced by the version number)
34270 \begin_layout Description
34271 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34284 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34288 \begin_layout Description
34293 PDF-format using the program
34298 \begin_layout Description
34302 \begin_inset space ~
34307 PDF-format using the program
34312 \begin_layout Description
34316 \begin_inset space ~
34321 PDF-format using the program
34326 \begin_layout Description
34330 \begin_inset space ~
34338 \begin_layout Description
34342 \begin_inset space ~
34346 \begin_inset space ~
34351 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34352 and then exported as text using the program
34357 \begin_layout Description
34362 PostScript format using the program
34367 \begin_layout Description
34375 \begin_layout Standard
34380 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34381 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34387 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34390 \begin_layout Standard
34391 If one of the menu entries
34398 \begin_inset space ~
34407 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34408 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34409 \begin_inset space ~
34413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34415 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34424 Reconfiguration of LyX
34432 \begin_layout Standard
34437 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34438 the export program.
34441 \begin_layout Subsection
34445 \begin_layout Standard
34446 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34447 or send it to a printer.
34448 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34449 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34455 For more informations have a look at section
34456 \begin_inset space ~
34460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34462 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34469 \begin_layout Subsection
34470 New and Close Window
34473 \begin_layout Standard
34474 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34475 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34478 \begin_layout Section
34483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34492 \begin_layout Subsection
34496 \begin_layout Standard
34497 Described in section
34498 \begin_inset space ~
34502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34504 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34511 \begin_layout Subsection
34512 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34515 \begin_layout Standard
34516 Described in section
34517 \begin_inset space ~
34521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34523 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34530 \begin_layout Subsection
34534 \begin_layout Standard
34535 Selects the whole document.
34538 \begin_layout Subsection
34542 \begin_layout Standard
34543 Described in section
34544 \begin_inset space ~
34548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34550 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34557 \begin_layout Subsection
34558 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34561 \begin_layout Standard
34562 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34566 \begin_layout Subsection
34570 \begin_layout Standard
34571 Described in section
34572 \begin_inset space ~
34576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34578 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34585 \begin_layout Subsection
34590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34591 Paragraph ! Settings
34599 \begin_layout Standard
34600 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34602 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34605 \begin_layout Standard
34606 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34607 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34610 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34616 \begin_inset space ~
34624 \begin_layout Subsection
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34629 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34630 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34631 The properties of tables are described in section
34632 \begin_inset space ~
34636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34638 reference "sec:Tables"
34642 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34643 \begin_inset space ~
34647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34649 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34656 \begin_layout Subsection
34657 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34660 \begin_layout Standard
34661 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34663 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34664 \begin_inset space ~
34668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34670 reference "sec:Nesting"
34675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34677 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34684 \begin_layout Section
34689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34698 \begin_layout Standard
34703 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34704 document with an external program.
34705 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34706 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34707 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34708 \begin_inset space ~
34712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34714 reference "sub:Export"
34719 You should at least see the menu entries
34726 \begin_inset space ~
34732 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34733 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34734 \begin_inset space ~
34738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34740 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34749 Reconfiguration of LyX
34757 \begin_layout Standard
34758 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34759 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34760 \begin_inset space ~
34764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34766 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34771 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34774 \begin_layout Standard
34775 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34778 At the bottom of the
34782 menu the opened documents are listed.
34785 \begin_layout Subsection
34786 Open/Close all Insets
34789 \begin_layout Standard
34790 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34793 \begin_layout Subsection
34794 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34797 \begin_layout Standard
34798 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34801 \begin_layout Standard
34802 Math macros are described in the
34809 \begin_layout Subsection
34813 \begin_layout Standard
34814 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34816 \begin_inset space ~
34820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34822 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34829 \begin_layout Subsection
34833 \begin_layout Standard
34834 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34835 opening a new view window.
34838 \begin_layout Subsection
34842 \begin_layout Standard
34843 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34844 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34845 the same document, but at different positions.
34846 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34847 or more documents the same time.
34848 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34855 \begin_layout Subsection
34859 \begin_layout Standard
34860 Closes a split view.
34863 \begin_layout Subsection
34867 \begin_layout Standard
34868 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34869 that you will see nothing than your text.
34870 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34871 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34872 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34875 \begin_layout Subsection
34877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34879 name "sub:Toolbars"
34887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34896 \begin_layout Standard
34897 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34898 All toolbars and the
34901 \begin_inset space ~
34906 can be turned on and off.
34911 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34923 \begin_inset space ~
34932 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34936 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34943 \begin_layout Standard
34948 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34952 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34953 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34954 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34955 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34956 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34959 \begin_layout Standard
34960 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34961 \begin_inset space ~
34965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34967 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34974 \begin_layout Section
34979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34988 \begin_layout Subsection
34992 \begin_layout Standard
34993 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34994 \begin_inset space ~
34998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35000 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35011 \begin_layout Subsection
35013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35015 name "sub:Special-Character"
35022 \begin_layout Standard
35023 Here you can insert the following characters:
35026 \begin_layout Description
35027 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35028 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35029 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35030 \begin_inset Newline newline
35034 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35042 Not all characters will be visible in the
35046 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35054 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35058 ) can display every character.
35066 \begin_layout Description
35067 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35071 \begin_layout Description
35073 \begin_inset space ~
35077 \begin_inset space ~
35080 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35081 \begin_inset space ~
35085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35087 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35094 \begin_layout Description
35096 \begin_inset space ~
35099 Quote Inserts this quote:
35100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35103 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35105 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35115 \begin_layout Description
35117 \begin_inset space ~
35120 Quote Inserts this quote:
35121 \begin_inset Quotes els
35127 \begin_layout Description
35129 \begin_inset space ~
35132 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35136 \begin_layout Description
35138 \begin_inset space ~
35141 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35145 \begin_layout Description
35147 \begin_inset space ~
35150 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35154 \begin_layout Description
35156 \begin_inset space ~
35163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35174 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35179 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35180 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35181 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35190 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35196 \begin_inset Newline newline
35199 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35203 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35211 and this Wiki-page:
35212 \begin_inset Newline newline
35216 \begin_inset Flex URL
35219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35221 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35229 \begin_layout Subsection
35233 \begin_layout Standard
35234 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35237 \begin_layout Description
35238 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35239 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35245 \begin_layout Description
35246 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35247 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35253 \begin_layout Description
35255 \begin_inset space ~
35258 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35259 \begin_inset space ~
35263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35265 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35272 \begin_layout Description
35274 \begin_inset space ~
35277 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35278 \begin_inset space ~
35282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35284 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35291 \begin_layout Description
35293 \begin_inset space ~
35296 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35297 \begin_inset space ~
35301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35303 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35310 \begin_layout Description
35312 \begin_inset space ~
35315 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35316 \begin_inset space ~
35320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35322 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35329 \begin_layout Description
35331 \begin_inset space ~
35334 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35335 \begin_inset space ~
35339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35341 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35348 \begin_layout Description
35350 \begin_inset space ~
35353 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35354 \begin_inset space ~
35358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35360 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35367 \begin_layout Description
35369 \begin_inset space ~
35372 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35373 \begin_inset space ~
35377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35379 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35386 \begin_layout Description
35388 \begin_inset space ~
35391 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35392 \begin_inset space ~
35396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35398 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35405 \begin_layout Description
35407 \begin_inset space ~
35411 \begin_inset space ~
35414 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35415 \begin_inset space ~
35419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35421 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35428 \begin_layout Description
35430 \begin_inset space ~
35433 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35434 text line to the page border, see section
35435 \begin_inset space ~
35439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35441 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35448 \begin_layout Description
35450 \begin_inset space ~
35453 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35454 \begin_inset space ~
35458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35460 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35467 \begin_layout Description
35469 \begin_inset space ~
35472 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35473 text page to the page border, described in section
35474 \begin_inset space ~
35478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35480 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35487 \begin_layout Description
35489 \begin_inset space ~
35492 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35499 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35506 \begin_layout Description
35508 \begin_inset space ~
35512 \begin_inset space ~
35515 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35516 \begin_inset space ~
35520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35522 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35529 \begin_layout Subsection
35533 \begin_layout Standard
35534 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35535 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35537 \begin_inset space ~
35541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35543 reference "sec:toc"
35548 The index list is described in section
35549 \begin_inset space ~
35553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35555 reference "sec:Index"
35559 , the nomenclature in section
35560 \begin_inset space ~
35564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35566 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35570 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35571 \begin_inset space ~
35575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35577 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35584 \begin_layout Subsection
35588 \begin_layout Standard
35589 To insert floats, described in section
35590 \begin_inset space ~
35594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35596 reference "sec:Floats"
35603 \begin_layout Subsection
35607 \begin_layout Standard
35608 To insert notes, described in section
35609 \begin_inset space ~
35613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35615 reference "sec:Notes"
35622 \begin_layout Subsection
35626 \begin_layout Standard
35627 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35628 \begin_inset space ~
35632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35634 reference "sec:Branches"
35641 \begin_layout Subsection
35646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 \begin_layout Standard
35656 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35657 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35668 \begin_layout Subsection
35673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35682 \begin_layout Standard
35683 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35684 \begin_inset space ~
35688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35690 reference "sec:Minipages"
35695 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35706 \begin_layout Subsection
35710 \begin_layout Standard
35711 Inserts a citation as described in section
35712 \begin_inset space ~
35716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35718 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35725 \begin_layout Subsection
35729 \begin_layout Standard
35730 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35731 \begin_inset space ~
35735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35737 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35744 \begin_layout Subsection
35748 \begin_layout Standard
35749 Inserts a label as described in section
35750 \begin_inset space ~
35754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35756 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35763 \begin_layout Subsection
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35779 Longtables ! Caption
35787 \begin_layout Standard
35788 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35789 Floats are described in section
35790 \begin_inset space ~
35794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35796 reference "sec:Floats"
35800 , captions in longtables are described in section
35811 \begin_layout Subsection
35815 \begin_layout Standard
35816 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35817 \begin_inset space ~
35821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35823 reference "sec:Index"
35830 \begin_layout Subsection
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35835 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35836 \begin_inset space ~
35840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35842 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35849 \begin_layout Subsection
35853 \begin_layout Standard
35855 Tables are described in section
35856 \begin_inset space ~
35860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35862 reference "sec:Tables"
35869 \begin_layout Subsection
35873 \begin_layout Standard
35875 Graphics are described in section
35876 \begin_inset space ~
35880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35882 reference "sec:Graphics"
35889 \begin_layout Subsection
35893 \begin_layout Standard
35894 Inserts an URL as described in section
35895 \begin_inset space ~
35899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35901 reference "sub:URLs"
35908 \begin_layout Subsection
35912 \begin_layout Standard
35913 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35914 \begin_inset space ~
35918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35920 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
35927 \begin_layout Subsection
35931 \begin_layout Standard
35932 Inserts a footnote, see section
35933 \begin_inset space ~
35937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35939 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35946 \begin_layout Subsection
35950 \begin_layout Standard
35951 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35952 \begin_inset space ~
35956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35958 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35965 \begin_layout Subsection
35969 \begin_layout Standard
35970 Inserts a short title, see section
35971 \begin_inset space ~
35975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35977 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35984 \begin_layout Subsection
35988 \begin_layout Standard
35989 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35990 \begin_inset space ~
35994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35996 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36003 \begin_layout Subsection
36008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36017 \begin_layout Standard
36018 Inserts a program listings box.
36019 Program listings are explained in chapter
36021 Program Code Listings
36030 \begin_layout Subsection
36034 \begin_layout Standard
36035 Inserts the actual date.
36036 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36038 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36048 There the different methods are also compared.
36051 \begin_layout Section
36056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36065 \begin_layout Standard
36066 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36067 \begin_inset space ~
36070 of the current document.
36071 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36074 \begin_layout Subsection
36078 \begin_layout Standard
36079 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36080 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36086 \begin_inset space \space{}
36090 \begin_inset space ~
36094 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36095 \begin_inset space ~
36098 2.5 and use the menu
36101 \begin_inset space ~
36105 \begin_inset space ~
36112 \begin_inset space ~
36118 \begin_inset space ~
36122 \begin_inset space ~
36128 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36132 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36138 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36144 \begin_layout Standard
36145 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36146 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36149 \begin_layout Subsection
36150 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36153 \begin_layout Standard
36154 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36158 \begin_layout Subsection
36162 \begin_layout Standard
36163 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36164 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36165 on a cross-reference box.
36168 \begin_layout Section
36173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36182 \begin_layout Subsection
36186 \begin_layout Standard
36187 Change Tracking is described in section
36188 \begin_inset space ~
36192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36194 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36201 \begin_layout Subsection
36206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36216 \begin_layout Standard
36217 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36219 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36222 \begin_layout Standard
36223 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36228 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36231 \begin_layout Subsection
36235 \begin_layout Standard
36236 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36237 \begin_inset space ~
36241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36243 reference "sec:Navigating"
36248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36250 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36257 \begin_layout Subsection
36258 Start Appendix Here
36261 \begin_layout Standard
36262 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36263 position as described in section
36264 \begin_inset space ~
36268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36270 reference "sec:Appendices"
36277 \begin_layout Subsection
36281 \begin_layout Standard
36282 Un/compresses the actual document.
36285 \begin_layout Subsection
36289 \begin_layout Standard
36290 The document settings are described in appendix
36291 \begin_inset space ~
36295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36297 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36304 \begin_layout Section
36309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36318 \begin_layout Subsection
36322 \begin_layout Standard
36323 Spell checking is explained in section
36324 \begin_inset space ~
36328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36330 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36337 \begin_layout Subsection
36341 \begin_layout Standard
36342 The thesaurus is described in section
36343 \begin_inset space ~
36347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36349 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36356 \begin_layout Subsection
36361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36380 \begin_layout Standard
36381 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36382 highlighted document part.
36385 \begin_layout Subsection
36390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36399 \begin_layout Standard
36400 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36403 \begin_layout Subsection
36408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36409 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36420 Reconfiguration of LyX
36424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36441 Reconfiguration of LyX
36449 \begin_layout Standard
36450 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36451 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36452 \begin_inset space ~
36456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36458 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36465 \begin_layout Subsection
36469 \begin_layout Standard
36470 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36477 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36484 \begin_layout Section
36489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36498 \begin_layout Standard
36499 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36503 \begin_layout Standard
36507 \begin_inset space ~
36512 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36513 found by LyX (see also section
36514 \begin_inset space ~
36518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36520 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36527 \begin_layout Section
36529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36531 name "sec:Toolbars"
36538 \begin_layout Standard
36539 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36540 \begin_inset space ~
36544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36546 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36553 \begin_layout Standard
36554 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36555 This is described in the
36557 Additional Features
36562 \begin_layout Subsection
36567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36576 \begin_layout Standard
36577 \begin_inset Graphics
36578 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36586 \begin_layout Standard
36587 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36593 \begin_layout Standard
36594 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36611 \begin_inset Note Note
36614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36615 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36620 manual for more information.
36628 \begin_layout Standard
36629 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36635 \begin_layout Standard
36636 \begin_inset Tabular
36637 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36638 <features islongtable="true">
36639 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36640 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36646 \begin_inset Graphics
36647 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36661 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36674 \begin_layout Standard
36675 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36681 \begin_layout Standard
36683 \begin_inset Tabular
36684 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36685 <features islongtable="true">
36686 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36687 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36695 \begin_inset Graphics
36696 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36697 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36712 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36719 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36724 \begin_inset Graphics
36725 filename ../images/file-open.png
36726 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36753 \begin_inset Graphics
36754 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36755 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36770 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36782 \begin_inset Graphics
36783 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36784 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36799 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36806 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36811 \begin_inset Graphics
36812 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36813 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36828 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36840 \begin_inset Graphics
36841 filename ../images/undo.png
36842 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36857 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36869 \begin_inset Graphics
36870 filename ../images/redo.png
36871 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36886 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36893 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36898 \begin_inset Graphics
36899 filename ../images/cut.png
36900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36915 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36922 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36927 \begin_inset Graphics
36928 filename ../images/copy.png
36929 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36944 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 \begin_inset Graphics
36957 filename ../images/paste.png
36958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36973 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 \begin_inset Graphics
36986 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
36987 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36988 rotateOrigin center
36997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37003 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37023 \begin_inset Graphics
37024 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37038 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37040 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37042 \begin_inset space ~
37053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37058 \begin_inset Graphics
37059 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37060 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37073 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37075 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37077 \begin_inset space ~
37088 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37093 \begin_inset Graphics
37094 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37108 Formats text using the current settings in the
37110 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37112 \begin_inset space ~
37123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37128 \begin_inset Graphics
37129 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37130 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37146 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37148 \begin_inset space ~
37157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37162 \begin_inset Graphics
37163 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37164 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37165 rotateOrigin center
37174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 \begin_inset Graphics
37193 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37195 rotateOrigin center
37204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37217 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37222 \begin_inset Graphics
37223 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37224 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37225 rotateOrigin center
37234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37238 Toggle outline window on/off,
37240 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37252 \begin_inset Graphics
37253 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37255 rotateOrigin center
37264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37268 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37274 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37279 \begin_inset Graphics
37280 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37281 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37282 rotateOrigin center
37291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37295 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37308 \begin_layout Subsection
37313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 \begin_layout Standard
37323 \begin_inset Graphics
37324 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37332 \begin_layout Standard
37333 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37339 \begin_layout Standard
37340 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37344 \begin_layout Standard
37345 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37351 \begin_layout Standard
37352 \begin_inset Tabular
37353 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37354 <features islongtable="true">
37355 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37356 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37357 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37362 \begin_inset Graphics
37363 filename ../images/layout.png
37364 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37365 rotateOrigin center
37374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37389 \begin_inset Graphics
37390 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37391 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37392 rotateOrigin center
37401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37411 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37416 \begin_inset Graphics
37417 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37418 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37419 rotateOrigin center
37428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37443 \begin_inset Graphics
37444 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37445 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37446 rotateOrigin center
37455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37470 \begin_inset Graphics
37471 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37473 rotateOrigin center
37482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37497 \begin_inset Graphics
37498 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37499 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37500 rotateOrigin center
37509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37515 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37517 \begin_inset space ~
37521 \begin_inset space ~
37530 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37535 \begin_inset Graphics
37536 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37537 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37538 rotateOrigin center
37547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37553 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37555 \begin_inset space ~
37559 \begin_inset space ~
37568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37573 \begin_inset Graphics
37574 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37591 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37603 \begin_inset Graphics
37604 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37621 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37633 \begin_inset Graphics
37634 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37635 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37650 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37657 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37662 \begin_inset Graphics
37663 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37664 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37686 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37691 \begin_inset Graphics
37692 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37693 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37715 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37720 \begin_inset Graphics
37721 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37722 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37737 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37739 \begin_inset space ~
37748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37753 \begin_inset Graphics
37754 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37755 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37772 \begin_inset space ~
37781 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37786 \begin_inset Graphics
37787 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37788 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37815 \begin_inset Graphics
37816 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37817 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37818 rotateOrigin center
37827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37833 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37835 \begin_inset space ~
37844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37849 \begin_inset Graphics
37850 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37866 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37867 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37869 \begin_inset space ~
37878 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37883 \begin_inset Graphics
37884 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37907 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 \begin_inset Graphics
37913 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37914 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37941 \begin_inset Graphics
37942 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
37943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 \begin_inset Graphics
37986 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
37987 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38003 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38010 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38015 \begin_inset Graphics
38016 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38017 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38032 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38033 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38035 \begin_inset space ~
38044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38049 \begin_inset Graphics
38050 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38052 rotateOrigin center
38061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38069 \begin_inset space ~
38078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38083 \begin_inset Graphics
38084 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38085 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38086 rotateOrigin center
38095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38103 \begin_inset space ~
38112 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38117 \begin_inset Graphics
38118 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38119 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38120 rotateOrigin center
38129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38149 \begin_layout Subsection
38150 View / Update Toolbar
38154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38155 Toolbar ! View / Update
38163 \begin_layout Standard
38164 \begin_inset Graphics
38165 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38172 \begin_layout Standard
38173 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38179 \begin_layout Standard
38180 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38184 \begin_layout Standard
38185 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38191 \begin_layout Standard
38192 \begin_inset Tabular
38193 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38194 <features islongtable="true">
38195 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38196 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38202 \begin_inset Graphics
38203 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38205 rotateOrigin center
38214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38220 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38232 \begin_inset Graphics
38233 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38235 rotateOrigin center
38244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38250 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38251 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38263 \begin_inset Graphics
38264 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38266 rotateOrigin center
38275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38281 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38293 \begin_inset Graphics
38294 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38296 rotateOrigin center
38305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38311 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38312 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38324 \begin_inset Graphics
38325 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38326 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38327 rotateOrigin center
38336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38342 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 \begin_inset Graphics
38355 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38357 rotateOrigin center
38366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38372 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38373 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38387 \begin_layout Subsection
38391 \begin_layout Standard
38392 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38393 \begin_inset space ~
38397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38399 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38403 , the table toolbar
38407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 manual, the math macro toolbar
38421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38434 \begin_layout Chapter
38435 The Document Settings
38436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38438 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38447 Document ! Settings
38455 \begin_layout Standard
38456 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38457 whole document and is called with the menu
38459 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38463 You can save your document settings as default with th
38465 e Save as Document Defaults
38467 button in the dialog.
38468 This will create a template name
38476 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38480 \begin_layout Standard
38481 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38484 \begin_layout Section
38488 \begin_layout Standard
38489 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38491 Document classes are described in section
38492 \begin_inset space ~
38496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38498 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38503 Some classes use some class options by default.
38504 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38508 and you can decide to use them or not.
38509 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38510 recommended not to touch them.
38511 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38517 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38518 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38523 When you want one of the following drivers
38524 \begin_inset Newline newline
38527 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38528 \begin_inset Newline newline
38531 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38536 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38538 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38550 \begin_layout Standard
38551 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38552 child or subdocument.
38553 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38554 without its master.
38555 This way child documents are always compileable.
38556 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38567 \begin_layout Section
38571 \begin_layout Standard
38572 Modules are explained in section
38573 \begin_inset space ~
38577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38579 reference "sub:Modules"
38586 \begin_layout Section
38590 \begin_layout Standard
38591 The document font settings are described in section
38592 \begin_inset space ~
38596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38598 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38605 \begin_layout Section
38609 \begin_layout Standard
38610 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38612 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38616 \begin_layout Standard
38617 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38618 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38619 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38622 \begin_layout Standard
38623 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38631 \begin_layout Section
38635 \begin_layout Standard
38636 A description of this menu is given in section
38637 \begin_inset space ~
38641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38643 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38650 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38657 \begin_layout Section
38661 \begin_layout Standard
38662 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38663 \begin_inset space ~
38667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38669 reference "sub:Margins"
38676 \begin_layout Section
38681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38682 Language ! Encoding
38690 \begin_layout Standard
38691 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38692 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38693 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38694 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38695 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38696 known for a particular character).
38700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38701 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38702 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38707 manual for details.
38715 \begin_layout Standard
38716 If you use the option
38720 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38721 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38722 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38723 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38724 exactly one encoding.
38725 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38734 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38735 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38737 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38738 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38752 \begin_layout Standard
38753 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38754 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38755 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38756 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38757 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38758 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38763 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38764 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38765 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38768 \begin_layout Standard
38769 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38772 \begin_layout Description
38774 \begin_inset space ~
38778 \begin_inset space ~
38782 \begin_inset space ~
38789 , but the LaTeX-package
38797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38798 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38804 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38805 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38806 languages in TeX code.
38809 \begin_layout Description
38810 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38811 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38812 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38815 \begin_layout Description
38817 \begin_inset space ~
38821 \begin_inset space ~
38824 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38827 \begin_layout Description
38829 \begin_inset space ~
38833 \begin_inset space ~
38836 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38839 \begin_layout Description
38841 \begin_inset space ~
38844 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38847 \begin_layout Description
38849 \begin_inset space ~
38853 \begin_inset space ~
38856 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38857 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38860 \begin_layout Description
38862 \begin_inset space ~
38866 \begin_inset space ~
38869 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38873 \begin_layout Description
38875 \begin_inset space ~
38879 \begin_inset space ~
38882 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38883 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38886 \begin_layout Description
38888 \begin_inset space ~
38892 \begin_inset space ~
38896 \begin_inset space ~
38899 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38900 \begin_inset space ~
38906 \begin_layout Description
38908 \begin_inset space ~
38912 \begin_inset space ~
38916 \begin_inset space ~
38919 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
38920 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
38923 \begin_layout Description
38925 \begin_inset space ~
38929 \begin_inset space ~
38932 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
38933 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
38934 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38935 \begin_inset space ~
38939 \begin_inset space ~
38945 \begin_layout Description
38947 \begin_inset space ~
38951 \begin_inset space ~
38954 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
38955 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
38956 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
38957 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38958 \begin_inset space ~
38962 \begin_inset space ~
38968 \begin_layout Description
38970 \begin_inset space ~
38974 \begin_inset space ~
38977 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
38980 \begin_layout Description
38982 \begin_inset space ~
38986 \begin_inset space ~
38989 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
38992 \begin_layout Description
38994 \begin_inset space ~
38998 \begin_inset space ~
39001 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39004 \begin_layout Description
39006 \begin_inset space ~
39009 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39012 \begin_layout Description
39014 \begin_inset space ~
39017 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39020 \begin_layout Description
39022 \begin_inset space ~
39026 \begin_inset space ~
39029 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39032 \begin_layout Description
39034 \begin_inset space ~
39038 \begin_inset space ~
39044 \begin_layout Description
39046 \begin_inset space ~
39050 \begin_inset space ~
39053 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39056 \begin_layout Description
39058 \begin_inset space ~
39062 \begin_inset space ~
39068 \begin_layout Description
39070 \begin_inset space ~
39074 \begin_inset space ~
39077 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39086 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39091 , when using this, set the document language to
39096 \begin_layout Description
39098 \begin_inset space ~
39102 \begin_inset space ~
39105 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39109 , when using this, set the document language to
39114 \begin_layout Description
39116 \begin_inset space ~
39120 \begin_inset space ~
39123 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39132 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39137 , when using this, set the document language to
39142 \begin_layout Description
39144 \begin_inset space ~
39148 \begin_inset space ~
39151 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39155 , when using this, set the document language to
39160 \begin_layout Description
39162 \begin_inset space ~
39166 \begin_inset space ~
39169 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39173 , when using this, set the document language to
39178 \begin_layout Description
39180 \begin_inset space ~
39183 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39186 \begin_layout Description
39188 \begin_inset space ~
39192 \begin_inset space ~
39196 \begin_inset space ~
39199 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39202 \begin_layout Description
39204 \begin_inset space ~
39208 \begin_inset space ~
39212 \begin_inset space ~
39215 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39216 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39217 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39220 \begin_layout Description
39222 \begin_inset space ~
39226 \begin_inset space ~
39232 \begin_layout Description
39234 \begin_inset space ~
39238 \begin_inset space ~
39241 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39242 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39245 \begin_layout Description
39247 \begin_inset space ~
39251 \begin_inset space ~
39254 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39263 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39268 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39271 \begin_layout Description
39273 \begin_inset space ~
39277 \begin_inset space ~
39280 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39284 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39293 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39294 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39308 \begin_layout Description
39310 \begin_inset space ~
39314 \begin_inset space ~
39317 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39326 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39331 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39334 \begin_layout Description
39336 \begin_inset space ~
39339 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39348 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39354 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39358 \begin_layout Description
39360 \begin_inset space ~
39364 \begin_inset space ~
39368 \begin_inset space ~
39371 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39372 \begin_inset space ~
39378 \begin_layout Description
39380 \begin_inset space ~
39384 \begin_inset space ~
39388 \begin_inset space ~
39391 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39392 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39393 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39397 \begin_layout Description
39399 \begin_inset space ~
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39407 \begin_inset space ~
39410 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39411 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39414 \begin_layout Section
39418 \begin_layout Standard
39419 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39427 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39434 \begin_layout Section
39438 \begin_layout Standard
39439 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39448 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39462 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39468 For a further description see section
39469 \begin_inset space ~
39473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39475 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39482 \begin_layout Section
39486 \begin_layout Standard
39487 The PDF properties are explained in section
39488 \begin_inset space ~
39492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39494 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39501 \begin_layout Section
39505 \begin_layout Standard
39506 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39515 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39529 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39534 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39537 \begin_layout Standard
39542 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39543 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39546 \begin_layout Standard
39551 is used for special integral characters.
39554 \begin_layout Section
39558 \begin_layout Standard
39559 The float placement options are described in section
39560 \begin_inset space ~
39564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39566 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39573 \begin_layout Section
39577 \begin_layout Standard
39578 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39579 The itemize environment is described in section
39580 \begin_inset space ~
39584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39586 reference "sec:Itemize"
39593 \begin_layout Section
39597 \begin_layout Standard
39598 Branches are described in section
39599 \begin_inset space ~
39603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39605 reference "sec:Branches"
39612 \begin_layout Section
39617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39627 \begin_layout Standard
39628 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39629 to define LaTeX-commands.
39630 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39631 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39635 \begin_layout Standard
39636 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39637 \begin_inset space ~
39641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39643 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39650 \begin_layout Chapter
39656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39658 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39675 \begin_layout Standard
39676 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39678 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39682 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39685 \begin_layout Section
39689 \begin_layout Subsection
39693 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39694 User Interface File
39698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39699 Customization ! of toolbars
39708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39709 Customization ! of menus
39717 \begin_layout Standard
39718 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39726 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39735 \begin_layout Standard
39736 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39737 interface (ui) file.
39738 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39739 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39748 Both files are loaded by the
39753 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39754 files and edit the entries.
39757 \begin_layout Standard
39758 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39770 entries must be ended with an explicit
39795 and in the case of the
39796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39808 The syntax for the entries is:
39811 \begin_layout Standard
39812 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39840 \begin_layout Standard
39842 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39845 All LyX-functions are listed in
39846 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39855 \begin_layout Standard
39856 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39862 \begin_layout Standard
39863 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39865 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39868 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39872 \begin_layout Standard
39873 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39878 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39881 \begin_layout Standard
39883 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39886 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39889 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39893 \begin_layout Standard
39896 Enable tool tips in main work area
39898 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
39902 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39906 \begin_layout Standard
39910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39914 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39917 restoring of window layout and geometries
39919 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39920 in the last LyX session.
39923 \begin_layout Standard
39926 Restore cursor positions
39928 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39932 \begin_layout Standard
39935 Load opened files from last session
39937 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39944 name "sub:Backup documents"
39952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39961 \begin_layout Standard
39966 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39969 \begin_layout Standard
39974 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39977 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39979 \begin_inset space ~
39987 \begin_layout Standard
39990 Open documents in tabs
39992 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
39996 \begin_layout Subsection
40001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40010 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40017 \begin_layout Standard
40018 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40021 \begin_layout Standard
40022 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40030 This section only deals with the fonts
40035 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40039 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40050 \begin_layout Standard
40051 By default, LyX uses
40055 as roman (serif) font,
40063 (depends on the system) as
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40082 \begin_layout Standard
40083 You can change the font size with the
40088 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40089 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40092 \begin_layout Standard
40097 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40098 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40103 points have the size of 1
40104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40114 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40121 \begin_layout Standard
40126 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40131 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40132 \begin_inset space ~
40136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40138 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40145 \begin_layout Standard
40148 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40150 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40151 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40152 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40153 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40155 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40156 \begin_inset space ~
40162 \begin_layout Subsection
40167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40186 \begin_layout Standard
40187 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40188 Choose an item in the list and use the
40195 \begin_layout Subsection
40200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40201 Settings ! Graphics
40209 \begin_layout Standard
40210 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40213 \begin_layout Standard
40218 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40219 This feature is described in section
40220 \begin_inset space ~
40224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40226 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40233 \begin_layout Section
40238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40247 \begin_layout Subsection
40251 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40255 \begin_layout Standard
40258 Cursor follows scrollbar
40260 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40264 \begin_layout Standard
40267 Sort environments alphabetically
40269 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40272 \begin_layout Standard
40275 Group environments by their category
40277 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40284 \begin_layout Standard
40285 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40290 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40291 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40295 \begin_layout Subsection
40300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40311 Settings ! Shortcuts
40319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40323 \begin_layout Standard
40324 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40325 Several binding files are available:
40328 \begin_layout Description
40329 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40332 \begin_layout Description
40333 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40344 \begin_layout Description
40345 mac.bind set of bindings for
40348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40356 \begin_layout Standard
40357 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40361 , and bind files for special languages.
40362 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40363 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40367 \begin_inset space \space{}
40371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40379 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40383 \begin_layout Standard
40384 Some bind-files, like
40388 , have only a small scope.
40389 When looking at the the end of the file
40393 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40396 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40400 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40409 Key Bindings ! Editing
40417 \begin_layout Standard
40418 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40419 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40420 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40423 Show key-bindings containing
40426 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40427 Insert there for example as keyword
40428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40435 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40445 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40446 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40450 that you find in the
40457 \begin_layout Standard
40459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40463 \begin_inset space \space{}
40474 , select the function and press the
40479 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40480 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40481 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40482 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40483 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40485 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40487 The binding for the function
40491 is an example for this.
40494 \begin_layout Standard
40495 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40497 The syntax of the entries is:
40500 \begin_layout Standard
40506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40524 \begin_layout Subsection
40526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40536 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40555 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40563 \begin_layout Standard
40564 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40565 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40571 \begin_inset space \space{}
40574 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40575 can use the keyboard map file named
40582 \begin_layout Standard
40583 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40591 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40599 \begin_layout Standard
40600 Besides this, you can specify here the
40602 Wheel scrolling speed
40605 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40609 \begin_layout Subsection
40611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40613 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 \begin_layout Standard
40631 Input completion is described in sec.
40632 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40638 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40643 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40645 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40646 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40650 \begin_layout Section
40655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40674 \begin_layout Description
40676 \begin_inset space ~
40679 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40680 It is the default when you
40691 \begin_inset space ~
40699 \begin_layout Description
40701 \begin_inset space ~
40704 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40706 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40708 \begin_inset space ~
40712 \begin_inset space ~
40720 \begin_layout Description
40722 \begin_inset space ~
40725 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40731 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40735 \begin_inset Newline newline
40739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40751 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40759 \begin_layout Description
40761 \begin_inset space ~
40768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40774 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40775 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40776 \begin_inset space ~
40780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40782 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40790 will be used to save the backups.
40791 \begin_inset Newline newline
40794 The backup files have the ending
40795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40805 \begin_layout Description
40810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40817 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40818 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40819 \begin_inset Newline newline
40823 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40831 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40839 \begin_layout Description
40841 \begin_inset space ~
40844 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40847 \begin_layout Description
40849 \begin_inset space ~
40852 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40853 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40854 to find it on the system.
40855 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40856 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40858 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40865 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40866 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40870 \begin_layout Section
40874 \begin_layout Standard
40875 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40876 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40878 \begin_inset space ~
40882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40884 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40888 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40891 \begin_layout Section
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40897 Language ! Settings
40906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40907 Settings ! Language
40915 \begin_layout Subsection
40919 \begin_layout Description
40921 \begin_inset space ~
40925 \begin_inset space ~
40928 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
40929 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
40930 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
40931 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
40932 You find the actual translation status here:
40933 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40935 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40936 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40943 \begin_layout Description
40945 \begin_inset space ~
40948 language is the language used in new documents
40951 \begin_layout Description
40953 \begin_inset space ~
40956 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40958 The default is the LaTeX-command
40964 that loads the package
40972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40973 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40974 \begin_inset space ~
40978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40980 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40990 \begin_inset Newline newline
40997 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40998 the document language.
40999 A text label is for instance the word
41000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41007 at the beginning of every table caption.
41010 \begin_layout Description
41012 \begin_inset space ~
41015 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41016 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41017 An example is the start command
41023 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41028 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41043 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41048 \begin_layout Description
41050 \begin_inset space ~
41058 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41059 command toggles the package on and off.
41062 \begin_layout Description
41064 \begin_inset space ~
41074 \begin_layout Description
41075 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41076 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41077 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41078 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41085 \begin_layout Description
41087 \begin_inset space ~
41090 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41092 When this option is not set, the
41095 \begin_inset space ~
41100 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41101 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41104 \begin_inset space ~
41112 \begin_layout Description
41114 \begin_inset space ~
41120 \begin_inset space ~
41126 When it is not set, the
41129 \begin_inset space ~
41134 is set to the end of the document.
41137 \begin_layout Description
41139 \begin_inset space ~
41143 \begin_inset space ~
41146 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41147 language will be underlined blue.
41150 \begin_layout Description
41152 \begin_inset space ~
41156 \begin_inset space ~
41159 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41160 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41163 \begin_layout Description
41165 \begin_inset space ~
41168 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41169 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41170 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41171 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41174 \begin_layout Subsection
41178 \begin_layout Standard
41179 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41180 \begin_inset space ~
41184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41186 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41193 \begin_layout Section
41197 \begin_layout Subsection
41199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41228 \begin_layout Description
41230 \begin_inset space ~
41233 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41234 The name will be used when the
41239 \begin_inset Newline newline
41243 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41251 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41260 \begin_layout Description
41262 \begin_inset space ~
41266 \begin_inset space ~
41270 \begin_inset space ~
41273 printer This option works only for the
41278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41290 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41291 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41294 \begin_layout Description
41296 \begin_inset space ~
41299 command is the command LyX
41300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41307 LaTeX uses for printing.
41308 The default is on most systems
41315 \begin_layout Description
41317 \begin_inset space ~
41321 \begin_inset space ~
41324 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41325 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41326 of the program that provides the
41333 \begin_layout Subsection
41338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41349 Settings ! Date format
41357 \begin_layout Standard
41358 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41359 \begin_inset Newline newline
41363 \begin_inset Flex URL
41366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41368 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41374 \begin_inset Newline newline
41377 For example the format
41378 \begin_inset Newline newline
41382 \begin_inset Newline newline
41385 prints the date as day/month/year.
41388 \begin_layout Subsection
41392 \begin_layout Description
41394 \begin_inset space ~
41398 \begin_inset space ~
41401 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41404 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41405 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41407 \begin_inset space ~
41413 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41417 \begin_layout Description
41419 \begin_inset space ~
41422 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41427 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41428 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41431 \begin_layout Subsection
41436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41446 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41463 \begin_layout Description
41468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41476 \begin_inset space ~
41479 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41484 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41506 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41519 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41520 LyX sets up in the background.
41521 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41524 \begin_layout Description
41526 \begin_inset space ~
41530 \begin_inset space ~
41533 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41538 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41541 \begin_layout Standard
41542 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41543 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41544 manuals of the applications.
41545 Currently the following commands can be set:
41548 \begin_layout Description
41553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41561 \begin_inset space ~
41564 command Command for the program
41568 that is described in section
41574 Additional Features
41579 \begin_layout Description
41584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41592 \begin_inset space ~
41595 command Command for the program
41599 that generates the bibliography, see section
41600 \begin_inset space ~
41604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41606 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41613 \begin_layout Description
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41618 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41619 \begin_inset space ~
41623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41625 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41632 \begin_layout Description
41634 \begin_inset space ~
41637 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41638 \begin_inset space ~
41642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41644 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41651 \begin_layout Description
41653 \begin_inset space ~
41657 \begin_inset space ~
41661 \begin_inset space ~
41665 \begin_inset space ~
41668 options They only have an effect when the program
41672 is used as DVI-viewer.
41675 \begin_layout Description
41676 There are additionally the following options:
41679 \begin_layout Description
41681 \begin_inset space ~
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41689 \begin_inset space ~
41693 \begin_inset space ~
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41700 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41718 to separate folders.
41719 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41742 \begin_layout Description
41744 \begin_inset space ~
41748 \begin_inset space ~
41752 \begin_inset space ~
41756 \begin_inset space ~
41760 \begin_inset space ~
41764 \begin_inset space ~
41767 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41772 dialog when changing the document class.
41775 \begin_layout Section
41777 \begin_inset space ~
41784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41793 \begin_layout Subsection
41798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41807 \begin_layout Standard
41808 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41809 from one format to another.
41810 You can modify them or create new ones.
41811 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41818 \begin_inset space ~
41828 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41832 \begin_inset space ~
41837 drop-down list, modify the
41841 field, and press the
41848 \begin_layout Standard
41851 Converter File Cache
41853 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41856 Maximum Age (in days
41859 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41860 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41863 \begin_layout Standard
41864 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41865 the converter definition, is described in section
41876 \begin_layout Subsection
41878 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41880 name "sec:File-Formats"
41888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41907 \begin_layout Standard
41908 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41909 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41913 \begin_layout Standard
41914 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41915 is described in section
41926 \begin_layout Standard
41927 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41928 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41929 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41930 This is done by specifying a
41935 More about this is described in section
41946 \begin_layout Chapter
41947 Units available in LyX
41951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41960 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41967 \begin_layout Standard
41968 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41971 reference "cap:Units"
41975 explains all units available in LyX.
41978 \begin_layout Standard
41979 \begin_inset Float table
41985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41986 \begin_inset Caption
41988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42004 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42012 \begin_inset Tabular
42013 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42167 scaled point (65536
42168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42228 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42232 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42283 % of original image width
42290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42497 \begin_layout Chapter
42499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42508 \begin_layout Standard
42509 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42510 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42513 \begin_layout Itemize
42516 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42519 \begin_layout Itemize
42525 \begin_layout Itemize
42531 \begin_layout Itemize
42537 \begin_layout Itemize
42543 \begin_layout Itemize
42549 \begin_layout Itemize
42555 \begin_layout Itemize
42561 \begin_layout Itemize
42564 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42567 \begin_layout Itemize
42573 \begin_layout Itemize
42579 \begin_layout Itemize
42585 \begin_layout Itemize
42591 \begin_layout Itemize
42597 \begin_layout Itemize
42603 \begin_layout Itemize
42609 \begin_layout Itemize
42615 \begin_layout Itemize
42617 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42626 \begin_layout Standard
42627 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42630 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42637 \begin_layout Bibliography
42638 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42639 LatexCommand bibitem
42646 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42649 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42654 \begin_inset Newline newline
42658 \begin_inset Flex URL
42661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42663 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42671 \begin_layout Bibliography
42672 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42673 LatexCommand bibitem
42674 key "latexcompanion"
42678 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42680 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42683 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42686 \begin_layout Bibliography
42687 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42688 LatexCommand bibitem
42693 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42696 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42699 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42702 \begin_layout Bibliography
42703 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42704 LatexCommand bibitem
42711 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42714 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42717 \begin_layout Bibliography
42718 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42719 LatexCommand bibitem
42731 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42734 \begin_layout Bibliography
42735 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42736 LatexCommand bibitem
42742 \begin_inset Newline newline
42746 \begin_inset Flex URL
42749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42751 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42759 \begin_layout Bibliography
42760 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42761 LatexCommand bibitem
42767 \begin_inset Newline newline
42771 \begin_inset Flex URL
42774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42776 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42784 \begin_layout Bibliography
42785 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42786 LatexCommand bibitem
42792 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42794 name "Documentation"
42795 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42804 \begin_inset Newline newline
42808 \begin_inset Flex URL
42811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42813 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42821 \begin_layout Bibliography
42822 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42823 LatexCommand bibitem
42829 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42831 name "Documentation"
42832 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42841 \begin_inset Newline newline
42845 \begin_inset Flex URL
42848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42850 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42858 \begin_layout Bibliography
42859 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42860 LatexCommand bibitem
42866 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42868 name "Documentation"
42869 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42878 \begin_inset Newline newline
42882 \begin_inset Flex URL
42885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42887 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42895 \begin_layout Bibliography
42896 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42897 LatexCommand bibitem
42903 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42905 name "Documentation"
42906 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42910 of the LaTeX-package
42918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42919 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42925 \begin_inset Newline newline
42929 \begin_inset Flex URL
42932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42934 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42942 \begin_layout Bibliography
42943 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42944 LatexCommand bibitem
42950 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42952 name "Documentation"
42953 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42957 of the LaTeX-package
42965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42966 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42972 \begin_inset Newline newline
42976 \begin_inset Flex URL
42979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42981 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42989 \begin_layout Bibliography
42990 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42991 LatexCommand bibitem
42999 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43001 name "Documentation"
43002 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43008 of the LaTeX-package
43016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43017 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43023 \begin_inset Newline newline
43027 \begin_inset Flex URL
43030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43032 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43040 \begin_layout Bibliography
43041 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43042 LatexCommand bibitem
43048 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43050 name "Documentation"
43051 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43055 of the LaTeX-package
43063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43064 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43070 \begin_inset Newline newline
43074 \begin_inset Flex URL
43077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43079 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43087 \begin_layout Bibliography
43088 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43089 LatexCommand bibitem
43095 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43097 name "Documentation"
43098 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43102 of the LaTeX-package
43110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43111 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43117 \begin_inset Newline newline
43121 \begin_inset Flex URL
43124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43126 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43134 \begin_layout Bibliography
43135 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43136 LatexCommand bibitem
43142 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43144 name "Documentation"
43145 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43149 of the LaTeX-package
43157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43158 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43164 \begin_inset Newline newline
43168 \begin_inset Flex URL
43171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43173 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43181 \begin_layout Bibliography
43182 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43183 LatexCommand bibitem
43189 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43192 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43196 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43197 \begin_inset Newline newline
43201 \begin_inset Flex URL
43204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43206 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43214 \begin_layout Bibliography
43215 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43216 LatexCommand bibitem
43222 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43225 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43229 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43230 \begin_inset Newline newline
43234 \begin_inset Flex URL
43237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43239 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43247 \begin_layout Bibliography
43248 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43249 LatexCommand bibitem
43255 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43258 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43262 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43263 \begin_inset Newline newline
43267 \begin_inset Flex URL
43270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43272 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43280 \begin_layout Bibliography
43281 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43282 LatexCommand bibitem
43288 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43291 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43295 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43296 \begin_inset Newline newline
43300 \begin_inset Flex URL
43303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43305 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43313 \begin_layout Bibliography
43314 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43315 LatexCommand bibitem
43321 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43324 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43328 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43329 \begin_inset Newline newline
43333 \begin_inset Flex URL
43336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43338 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43346 \begin_layout Bibliography
43347 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43348 LatexCommand bibitem
43354 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43357 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43361 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43362 \begin_inset Newline newline
43366 \begin_inset Flex URL
43369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43371 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43379 \begin_layout Bibliography
43380 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43381 LatexCommand bibitem
43387 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43390 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43394 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43395 \begin_inset Newline newline
43399 \begin_inset Flex URL
43402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43404 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43412 \begin_layout Bibliography
43413 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43414 LatexCommand bibitem
43420 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43423 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43427 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43428 \begin_inset Newline newline
43432 \begin_inset Flex URL
43435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43437 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43445 \begin_layout Bibliography
43446 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43447 LatexCommand bibitem
43453 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43456 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43460 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43461 \begin_inset Newline newline
43465 \begin_inset Flex URL
43468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43470 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43478 \begin_layout Bibliography
43479 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43480 LatexCommand bibitem
43486 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43489 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43493 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43494 \begin_inset Newline newline
43498 \begin_inset Flex URL
43501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43503 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43511 \begin_layout Bibliography
43512 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43513 LatexCommand bibitem
43519 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43522 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43526 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43527 \begin_inset Newline newline
43531 \begin_inset Flex URL
43534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43536 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43544 \begin_layout Bibliography
43545 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43546 LatexCommand bibitem
43552 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43555 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43559 about new features in
43564 \begin_inset Newline newline
43568 \begin_inset Flex URL
43571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43573 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43581 \begin_layout Standard
43582 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43616 \begin_inset Note Note
43619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43626 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43627 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43628 bibliography is the second one:
43636 \begin_layout Standard
43637 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43638 LatexCommand bibtex
43639 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43640 options "biblio/alphadin"
43647 \begin_layout Standard
43648 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43651 \begin_layout Standard
43654 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43655 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43660 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43661 LatexCommand printindex